16122020YO4T2HLZEIAText.pdf - Environmental Clearance

Final Environmental

Impact Assessment Report and Documents

For Proposed

Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit

At Tozi No 51, Thana No. 40, Khewat No. 1; Halka No. 7; Khata No. 19/295, 19/296, 40/328, 40/331, 46/329, Village: Dandila Khurd,

Tehsil: Bishrampur, District: Palamu,

Jharkhand TOR No. : -IA-J-11011/320/2019-IA-II(I) dated 08.12.2019

Cost of Project: Rs 7.65 Crores

Category As per EIA Notification, 2006 : A, 5 (f)

Plot Area: 4350.376 m 2

Production Capacity 1. Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (CPP): 42000 MTPA 2. Hydrochloric Acid (HCl)- By-product- 66500 MTPA Baseline Season: October, 2019 to December 2019 Laboratory Assigned: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd.

UID: PE/2019/054-G-04

Project Proponent M/s SUNTEK PLASTICIZER PRIVATE LIMITED Registered Address- 154, 374-375, Poorth Khurd, Bhavana, New Delhi- 110034

Contact Person- Mr. Sagar Nenwani (Authorized Signatory)

Contact No.- 8447790110/ 01145680740

Email- [email protected]

Environmental Consultant M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (NABET Registered vide list of accredited consultants organizations/ 10th November, 2020 at S.no 120 NN Mall, Sector-3, Rohini, New-Delhi-85; Email ID: [email protected]

rachna

rachna

rachna

rachna

rachna

rachna

rachna

Suntek Plasticizer Pvt Ltd Works: Khasra No. 19/ 295, 296, Garhwa Road, Rehla, Dandila Khurd, Near Grasim Industries Ltd. Distt. Palamu, Jharkhand - 822124

CIN: U24290DL2019PTC356272 GST: 20ABCCS7737C1Z0 E-mail: [email protected] Mob:84477901100

SUNTEK GROUP

Commitment Letter from Project Proponent

To whomsoever it may concern

1, Sagar Nenwani S/o of Vinod Kumar Nenwai of M/s Suntek Plasticizer Private Limited., Authorized Signatory, for the project"Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit" at Tozi No 51: Thana No. 40, Khewat No. 1; Halka No.7, Khata No.

19/295. 19/296, 40/328, 40/331, 46/329, Dandila Khurd, Bishrampur, Palamu, Jharkhand hereby commit the implementation of Environmental Management Program including Environmental Monitoring Program and recommendations of the additional studies, if any in the specified time-frameand allocation of the required funds included.

For Sunte Plasticizer Pvt. Ltd. n Or the required funds included

Auth. Signatory

Autorised Signatory

M/s Suntek Plasticizer Private Limited

Regd. Office: Khasra No. 154/374,375, Ground Floor, Extended Lal Dora,Village PoothKhurd, Delhi-110039 Head Office: 501-502, Aggarwal Prestige Mall, Rani Bagh, Pitampura, Delhi-110034. Ph: 1800-1200-09181 Email [email protected], Website : www.thesuntek.com

TABLE OF CONTENT

S.No. Particulars Page No.

1 Section A- Form I A-1 to A-20

2. Section B- ToR Letter & ToR Compliance B-1 to B-21

3. Section C- EIA Report C-1 to C-263

4. Section D- Annexures D-1 to 221

1. Board Resolution D-2

2. Consultant Authorization D-4

3. Topographical Map D-6

4. Proposed Layout Plan D-8

5. Land Papers D-10

6. MSDS Sheet D-65

7. Air Dispersion Report D-83

8. Environment Policy D-98

9. Applied Copy Of Water Assurance at CGWB D-100

10.Conservation Plan & its receiving from Chief Wildlife Warden

D-107

11.Agreement Regarding Channelization Of HCl Fumes

D-120

12.TSDF Letter of Intent from Adityapur waste Management Private Limited (AWMPL)

D-122

13.Public Hearing Minutes D-124

14.Test Reports D-131

15. Raw data of all AAQ measurements D-208

Section-A: FORM-I

Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit at Palamu District, Jharkhand By M/s Suntek Plasticizer Private Limited

FORM I

(I) Basic Information

Prepared by-: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd. A-1

S.No. Item Details

1. Name of the project/s Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit

2. S.No. in the schedule 5(f)

3. Proposed capacity/ area/ length/ tonnage to be handled/ command area/ lease area/ number of wells to be drilled.

Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (CPP)- 42000 MTPA and Hydrochloric Acid (HCl) and (By Product) - 66500 MTPA

4. New/Expansion/Modernization New

5. Existing Capacity/Area etc. Not Applicable

6. Category of Project i.e. ‘A’ or ‘B’ A

7. Does it attract the general condition? If yes, please specify.

No

8. Does it attract the specific condition? If yes, please specify.

No

9. Location

Plot/Survey/Khasra No.

Village Tehsil District State

Tozi No 51; Thana No. 40, Khewat No. 1; Halka No.7, Khata No. 19/295, 19/296, 40/328, 40/331, 46/329

Dandila Khurd Bishrampur Palamau Jharkhand

10. Nearest railway station/airport along with distance in kms.

Nearest Railway Station: Garwa Road Jn. Railway Station, 1.13 km S

Nearest Airport: Kriti Helipad, Kalyanpur, Jharkhand – 13.41 km SW Nearest Highway: NH-75, 0.44 km S



11. Nearest Town, city, district Headquarters along with distance in kms.

Rehla Kalan

12. Village Panchayats, Zilla Parishad, Municipal Corporation, Local body (complete postal addresses with telephone nos. to be given)

Bisrampur Nagar Parishad, Bishrampur

13. Name of the applicant M/s Suntek Plasticizer Private Limited.

14. Registered Address 154, 374-375, Pooth Khurd, Bhavana New Delhi-110034

15. Address for correspondence: Name Designation (Owner/Partner /CEO) Address Pin code E-mail Telephone No. Fax No.

Sagar Nenwani Authorised Signatory 154,374-375, Pooth Khurd, Bhavana New Delhi 110034 [email protected] 01145680740 NA

16. Details of Alternative Sites examined, if any. Location of these sites should be shown on a topo sheet.

Not Applicable

17. Interlinked Projects Yes

The proposed project is an interlinked project to M/s Grasim Industries Ltd. for which the proposed project is ancillary for their Chlorine gas which is the raw material of this plant. Furthermore, the snuff gas (chlorine gas) from the proposed plant will be sent to the Grasim Unit for NaOCl production.

18. Whether separate application of interlinked project has been submitted?

Yes.

The interlinked project i.e. M/s Grasim Industries Ltd. is an existing industrial unit and has separate Environmental Clearance and CTO.

19. If yes, date of submission Not Applicable

20. If no, reason Not Applicable

mailto:[email protected]


(II) Activity

1. Construction, operation or decommissioning of the Project involving actions,

which will cause physical changes in the locality (topography, land use,

changes in water bodies, etc.)


21. Whether the proposal involves approval/clearance under: if yes, details of the same and their status to be given.

i. The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980?

ii. The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972?

iii. The C.R.Z. Notification, 1991?

Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable

22. Whether there is any Government Order/Policy relevant /relating to the site?

No

23. Forest land involved (hectares) No

24. Whether there is any litigation pending against the project and/or land in which the project is propose to be set up?

a) Name of the Court b) Case No. c) Orders/directions of the Court, if

any and its relevance with the proposed project.

None

S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation

Yes/No

Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates, wherever possible) with source of information data

1.1 Permanent or temporary change in land use, land cover or topography including increase in intensity of land use (with respect to local land use plan)

No There will be no change in land use as there was an industrial unit on the proposed site which is not operational. The existing structure shall be retrofitted.

Hence, the land use has already been changed to Industrial Use.

1.2 Clearance of existing land, vegetation and buildings?

Yes Core Zone is partly vacant with existing structure which shall be retrofitted and few species of shrubs, herbs and grasses are present at the site which shall be cleared.



1.3 Creation of new land uses? No There will be no new creation of land use.

1.4 Pre-construction investigations e.g. bore houses, soil testing?

Yes Pre-construction soil investigation studies shall be carried out.

1.5 Construction works? Yes There will be construction activities carried out for processing plant and storage areas for the proposed project.

1.6 Demolition works? No Not Applicable

1.7 Temporary sites used for construction works or housing of construction workers?

No 30 no. of labours shall be engaged for construction of the proposed unit for which temporary shelters shall be provided.

1.8 Above ground buildings, structures or earthworks including linear structures, cut and fill or excavations

Yes Approx. 15000 m3 soil shall be excavated for the foundation works for the proposed project.

1.9 Underground works including mining or tunnelling?

No Not applicable

1.10 Reclamation works? No Not applicable

1.11 Dredging? No Not applicable

1.12 Offshore structures? No Not applicable

1.13 Production and manufacturing processes?

Yes The following products shall be produced from the proposed CPP Unit-:

● Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (CPP)- 42000 MTPA

● Hydrochloric Acid (HCl) (By Product) 30-32%- 66500 MTPA

1.14 Facilities for storage of goods or materials?

Yes Storage for raw material and proper storage of product with exhaust system and control measures will be done.

Storage of all chemicals shall not exceed their threshold limit, wherever threshold is exceeded Clearance shall be as per obtained taken as MSIHC Rules, 1989.



1.15 Facilities for treatment or disposal of solid waste or liquid effluents?

Yes During Construction Phase:

Solid waste of 4.5 kg/day shall be generated from construction labours which shall be then disposed to Solid Waste Disposal site.

1.6 KLD of Waste water from labours shall be discharged to soak pit via septic tank.

During Operation:

Solid Waste Municipal solid waste: Total 20 kg/day (7 TPA) Municipal solid waste will be generated out of which shall be 8 kg/day (3 TPA) of Biodegradable waste shall be disposed off to approved vendor. 6 kg/day (2 TPA) of non-biodegradable waste and 6 kg/day (2 TPA) of recyclable waste shall be given to the approved recycler. Non-Hazardous waste Wastes like discarded containers shall be washed and recycled within the unit. There will be no generation of non-hazardous process waste as the raw materials/input will consequently get circulated within the process chamber only. Hazardous Waste – Used Oil from DG Sets shall be stored accordingly and given to the approved recycler. Process waste of 1 kg/day will be sent to TSDF site for final disposal. Liquid Waste Sewage generated from labours shall be disposed off in STP cum ETP of capacity 5 KLD. Treated water will be reused on the site for gardening. There will be no generation of process effluent as water gets recirculated within the absorber system for Hydrochloric Acid formation.



1.16 Facilities for long term housing of operational workers?

No Approx. 30 no. of local labor will be engaged from nearby areas during construction/ installation phase and approx. 45 staff will be engaged during operation phase.

Hence, no long-term housing or staff quarters will be provided.

1.17 New road, rail or sea traffic during construction or operation?

No Not required

1.18 New road, rail, air waterborne or other transport infrastructure including new or altered routes and stations, ports, airports etc?

No Not required

1.19 Closure or diversion of existing transport routes or infrastructure leading to changes in traffic movements?

Yes Not required.

1.20 New or diverted transmission lines or pipelines?

Yes Pipeline for suction of snuff gases (Chlorine) for production of Sodium Hypochlorite to M/s Grasim Industries Ltd. shall be proposed on the site.

1.21 Impoundment, damming, culverting, realignment or other changes to the hydrology of watercourses or aquifers?

No Not applicable

1.22 Stream crossings? No Not applicable

1.23 Abstraction or transfers of water form ground or surface waters?

No No abstraction of water from ground or surface source is required.

1.24 Changes in water bodies or the land surface affecting drainage or run-off?

No Not applicable.

1.25 Transport of personnel or materials for construction, operation or decommissioning?

Yes Construction materials like steel, aggregates, sand and cement will be sourced through local retailers and transported by road / rail.

During the construction phase, about 5-6 trucks are estimated per week. Adequate parking space within the project site for


2. Use of Natural resources for construction or operation of the Project (such as land, water,

materials or energy, especially any resources which are non-renewable or in short supply):


loading and unloading of materials will be provided.

During Operation Phase, approx. 19-20 trucks have been estimated per day. Parking spaces within the project site for loading and unloading of materials shall be provided.

1.26 Long-term dismantling or decommissioning or restoration works?

No None

1.27 Ongoing activity during decommissioning which could have an impact on the environment?

No No impact envisaged

1.28 Influx of people to an area in either temporarily or permanently?

Yes 30 no. of temporary local labour from nearby areas will be hired during the construction phase.

During the operation phase, people will come for temporary employment and to avail business opportunities. Overall there will be an employment of approx. 45 manpower working in the proposed unit.

1.29 Introduction of alien species? No There are no alien species proposed at the site.

1.30 Loss of native species or genetic diversity?

No No loss of native species or genetic diversity.

1.31 Any other actions? No Not applicable

S.No.

Information/checklist confirmation

Yes/

No

etails thereof (with approximate quantities /rates, wherever possible) with source of information data

2.1 Land especially undeveloped or agricultural land (ha)

No Presently, the land is occupied with a non-operational factory which shall be retrofitted for development of the proposed project i.e. Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Unit.


3. Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials, which could be

harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about actual or perceived

risks to human health.


2.2 Water (expected source & competing users) unit: KLD

Yes Source of Water: Borewell (Applied copy at CGWB attached in Section D)

Total Water Requirement for the project will be 139 KLD out of which 137 KLD will be sufficed from Fresh Water supply provided through borewell.

2.3 Minerals (MT) No Not applicable

2.4 Construction material – stone, aggregates, and soil (expected – source - MT)

Yes For construction of proposed parts, material like cement, bricks, aggregate etc. shall be bought from the local market.

2.5 Forests and timber (source – MT) No None

2.6 Energy including electricity and fuels (source, competing users) Unit: fuel (MT), energy (MW)

Yes The total power requirement for the project will be 300 kW which shall be provided by Jharkhand Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited. DG sets of capacity 2×150 kVA shall be installed for backup purposes only. Low Sulphur Diesel of 56 Lt/Hr shall be used for D.G. Sets.

2.7 Any other natural resources (use appropriate standard units)

No No natural resources shall be used.

S.No.

Information/Checklist confirmation

Yes/No Details thereof (with approximate quantities / rates, wherever possible) with source of information data

3.1 Use of substances or materials, which are hazardous (as per MSIHC rules) to human health or the environment (flora, fauna, and water supplies)

Yes Chemicals used for production processes shall be stored with proper maintenance. Storage of all chemicals shall not exceed their threshold limit, wherever threshold is exceeded Clearance shall be as per obtained taken as MSIHC Rules, 1989.

3.2 Changes in occurrence of disease or affect disease vectors (e.g. insect or water borne diseases)

No Suitable drainage and waste management measures shall be adopted which shall restrict proliferation of disease- causing microorganisms.

3.3 Affect the welfare of people e.g. by changing living conditions?

Yes The project shall affect the nearby people in positive ways through employment generation.

3.4 Vulnerable groups of people who could be affected by the

No No, vulnerable group of people will be affected by the proposed project.


4. Production of solid wastes during construction or operation or decommissioning

(MT/month)


project e.g. hospital patients, children, the elderly etc.,

3.5 Any other causes No None

S.No.


Yes/No Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates, wherever possible) with source of information data

4.1 Spoil, overburden or mine wastes No Not applicable

4.2 Municipal waste (domestic and or commercial wastes)

Yes During Installation/construction: Solid waste of 4.5 kg/day shall be generated from construction labours which shall be then disposed off to Solid Waste Disposal site.

During Operation:

Solid Waste Municipal solid waste: Total 20 kg/day (7 TPA) Municipal solid waste will be generated out of which shall be 8 kg/day (3 TPA) of Biodegradable waste shall be disposed off to approved vendor. 6 kg/day (2 TPA) of non-biodegradable waste and 6 kg/day (2 TPA) of recyclable waste shall be given to the approved recycler.

4.3 Hazardous wastes (as per Hazardous Waste Management Rules)

Yes 10 Lit/month of used oil generated from DG sets (2×150 kVA) which shall be carefully stored in HDPE drums in an isolated covered facility.

The used oil will be sold to vendors authorized by Central Pollution Control Board for the treatment of the same. Suitable care will be taken so that spills / leaks of used oil from storage could be avoided.

4.4 Other industrial process wastes Yes There will be no generation of non-hazardous process waste as the raw materials/input will consequently get circulated within the process chamber only for formation of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer and HCl fumes shall be scrubbed with water to produce


5. Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air

(kg/hr)


Hydrochloric Acid and negligible Chlorine fumes from system shall be channelized to M/s Grasim Industries Limited for Sodium Hypochlorite production through pipeline

4.5 Surplus product No Not applicable

4.6 Sewage sludge or other sludge from effluent treatment

Yes Septic Tank Sludge- The sludge from Septic tank will be produced in low quantities which shall be disposed off to Solid Waste Disposal Site.

There will be no effluent generation from the proposed project as water shall be recirculated into the Absorber system for formation of Hydrochloric Acid.

4.7 Construction or demolition wastes

No Construction waste generated will be used to the extent possible. Rest of the waste will be sent to the Municipal landfill site.

4.8 Redundant machinery or equipment

No Not applicable

4.9 Contaminated soils or other materials

No Not applicable

4.10 Agricultural wastes No Not applicable

4.11 Other solid wastes No Not applicable.

S.No.


Yes/No Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data

5.1 Emissions from combustion of fossil fuels from stationary or mobile sources

Yes There will be emission from combustion of fuel used in DG sets, process emissions and storage emissions in the plant.

For mitigation of impacts of air pollution, a stack of height of minimum 2.4 m above roof level shall be provided for each DG set of 2×150 kVA. Mitigation measures will be maintained as per norms of CPCB.



5.2 Emissions from production processes

Yes There will be emission of harmful gases in the process such as Chlorine gas and HCl fumes. However, these will be channelized to the Scrubber system.

Details are given in the EIA Report (Section C).

5.3 Emissions from materials handling including storage or transport

Yes Emissions due to storage of raw materials and products are the probable sources of emissions from material handling. It shall be regulated through designated vehicles which shall be maintained properly. Emissions from tanks are sent to scrubber and HCl storage emissions shall be sent to the Grasim Unit.

Dust generation due to material handling during the Construction phase shall be minimised by regular sprinkling.

5.4 Emissions from construction activities including plant and equipment

Yes Dust is likely to be generated from materials handling including transportation. Water will be sprinkled to reduce dust emission.

5.5 Dust or odours from handling of materials including construction materials, sewage and waste

Yes Installation/Construction: Dust is likely to be generated during the construction/installation phase. Water will be sprinkled and tarpaulin cover will be provided over stored raw material to reduce dust emission.

Operation Phase: Odour generation would be most possible from HCl fumes and Chlorine gas which shall be controlled by using proper and good handling practices. Details are given in the EIA Report (Section C).

5.6 Emissions from incineration of waste

No Not applicable

5.7 Emissions from burning of waste in open air (e.g. slash materials, construction debris)

No Not applicable

5.8 Emissions from any other sources No Not applicable


6. Generation of Noise and Vibration, and Emissions of Light and Heat:



Yes/No Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data with source of information data

6.1 From operation of equipment e.g. engines, ventilation plant, crushers

Yes Noise will be generated during operation of various equipments/ machineries at the Processing area at CPP Unit as well as DG Sets, Vehicles etc.

All the machinery in built control for noise and vibration. Noise generating equipment will be provided with enclosures and vibration dampening. The D.G. sets will be kept in an acoustically treated room. Ear plugs & ear mufflers shall be provided to the workers during the construction phase. Establishment of Green Belt around the site and Noise absorbers & vibration pads shall be installed on the project site to reduce noise generation.

6.2 From industrial or similar processes

Yes The noise generation will be only from plant, machinery and equipments. All the machinery in built control for noise and vibration.

6.3 From construction or demolition

Yes Due to the various construction activities there will be short-term noise impacts in the immediate vicinity of the project site. The construction will be limited to day time only.

6.4 From blasting or piling No Not applicable.

6.5 From construction or operational traffic

Yes Some amount of noise will be generated from vehicular movement in the construction and operational phase & will be within permissible limit. Green belt shall be developed at the periphery of the project site.

6.6 From lighting or cooling systems

No None.

6.7 From any other sources No Not expected.


7. Risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants into the ground or

into sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or the sea:




7.1 From handling, storage, use or spillage of hazardous materials

Yes Used oil from machineries/D.G. Set will be stored in Steel drums and kept in proper rooms. It will be sold to authorize vendors only. Special care will be taken to prevent leakages and spills.

For Spillage during handling of chemicals proper storage & handling shall be done.

Handling and storage of hazardous materials will be strictly followed as per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and amended thereafter. So, no risk in this regard is envisaged.

7.2 From discharge of sewage or other effluents to water or the land (expected mode and place of discharge)

Yes During construction phase 1.6 KLD domestic wastewater will be generated which will be discharged to the soak pit via septic tank. During operation phase 2.3 KLD of waste water generation shall be there from domestic & Cooling Tower which shall be treated in STP cum ETP of 5 KLD.

7.3 By deposition of pollutants emitted to air into the land or into water

Yes Air: All emissions and discharges will conform to the discharge standards stipulated by the regulatory authorities. Appropriate measures will be taken and regular monitoring will be done. Details are given in the EIA Report (Section C).

2.4 m stack height above the roof level shall be provided for the DG sets. Condensers and coolers shall be installed along with cooling towers to control HCl fumes.

Water: There will be no discharge of untreated effluent on land or into water bodies as total water shall be spent consecutively for HCl formation.


8. Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, which could affect human health or the environment.

9. Factors which should be considered (such as consequential development) which could lead to environmental effects or the potential for cumulative impacts with other existing or planned activities in the locality


7.4 From any other sources No Not applicable

7.5 Is there a risk of long-term build-up of pollutants in the environment from these sources?

No Not applicable



8.1 From explosions, spillages, fires etc from storage, handling, use or production of hazardous substances

Yes There shall be provision of Emergency Response Plan/Disaster Preparedness and Recovery Plan (for Fire, Spillage, Explosion etc.) All the precautions shall be taken for the same including Occupational and Safety equipment as per detailed DMP which shall be prepared taking in all considerations.

8.2 From any other causes No Not anticipated

8.3 Could the project be affected by natural disasters causing environmental damage (e.g. Floods, earthquakes, landslides, cloudburst etc)

No The project is located in Seismic Zone-III. Historical met data of the last 50 years did not show any occurrence of landslides or cloudburst or major floods in the area. Although all precautions shall be taken to the extent possible.

S.

No.




(iii) Environmental Sensitivity


9.1 Lead to development of supporting utilities, ancillary development or development stimulated by the project which could have impact on the environment e.g.:

• Supporting infrastructure (roads, power supply, waste or waste water treatment, etc.) • housing development • extractive industries • supply industries • other

No Modes of transport like Roads, Railways etc. are already existing on the site.

Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable

9.2 Lead to after-use of the site, which could have an impact on the environment

No Proper care shall be taken to avoid any disturbances.

9.3 Set a precedent for later developments

No Not Applicable

9.4 Have cumulative effects due to proximity to other existing or planned projects with similar effects.

No Not applicable

S. No Areas Name/ Identity

Aerial distance (within 15 km.) from Proposed project location boundary

1 Areas protected under international conventions, national or local legislation for their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related value

No ASI Monuments within 15 km Radius Palamu Wild Life Sanctuary ESZ

Palamau Wild Life Sanctuary

No ASI Monuments within 15 km Radius 35.89 km SE 45.92 km SE

2 Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological reasons - Wetlands, watercourses or other water bodies,

Water Bodies Bhelwa Nadi North Koel River Danro River Khunti Sot Baghi Nadi

0.62 km NNW 0.97 km W 2.53 km SSW 3.25 km NNW 4.87 km NWW



coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, forests

Gora Nadi Canal near Binuwantoli Satbahini Nadi Sojh Ghatiya Nala Adra Nadi Canal near Chacharia Drain near Sahaspura Canal near Lenduka Phulwaria Nadi Drain near Dyodar Tahla Nadi Canal near Kholra Birha Nadi Khajuria Nadi Gurgurwa Nadi Kakria Nala Saragwati Nadi Forest Protected Forest near Kamat Pratappur Protective Forest Protective Forest near Pratapapur Lohardaga Protective Forest Lambha Protective Forest Hatai Khas Protective Forest Chhipadohar Protective Forest Protective Forest near Jala Ursugi Protective Forest Protective Forest near Gurdi Kutmu Protective Forest Oraria Protective Forest

5.48 km SW 6.03 km NWW 6.36 km SE 6.59 km SEE 7.05 km SSE 7.84 km NW 8.29 km NNW 8.50 km NNE 8.65 km NW 8.99 km NNW 9.03 km SSE 9.18 km NW 9.64 km SSW 9.70 km NNW 10.08 km SSW 10.28 km SE 11.00 km SW 3.97 km NEE 4.32 km SWW 4.74 km SWW 5.04 km N 5.89 KM NNE 5.96 km NEE 6.02 km NE 6.70 km SWW 6.75 km SW 7.99 km SWW 8.39 km NNE 8.62 km NW



Sukhwana Protective Forest Protective Forest near Likhahia Kholra Protective Forest

8.93 km SW 9.54 km NWW 9.67 km NW

3 Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration

None with in 15 km Radius


4 Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters

None None

5 State, National boundaries



6 Routes or facilities used by the public for access to recreation or other tourist, pilgrim areas

Road NH-75 NH-343 Railway Station Garwa Road Junction Railway Station Sigsigi Railway Station Tolra Railway Station Garhwa Railway Station Karkatta Railway Station Lalgarh Railway Station Airport Kriti Helipad, Kalyanpur, Jharkhand

0.44 km S 10.23 km SW 1.13 km S 5.04 km NNW 6.49 km SSE 9.09 km SW 9.25 km NNW 11.50 km SE 13.41 km SW

7 Defence installations



8 Densely Populated or built up

Rehla Kalan 0.71 km SSE



9 Areas occupied by sensitive man-made land uses (hospitals, schools, places of worship, community facilities)

Hospital Aditya Chikitsalaya, Dandila Kalan, Prakash Eye Care, Rehla RNS Clinic & Diagnostics, Rajhara -Garhwa Road. Post Office India Post Office, Belchampa, Garhwa -Rajwara Road,Garhwa India Post Office, Ketat Kala, Rehla Post Office, Bishrampur, Pandu Road, Bishrampur. Place of Worship Rza Masjid, Rehla, Ramjani Bigha Masjid-e-hera, Dabdila Kalan Hanuman Mandir, Dandila Khurd School The Aditya Birla Public School, Dandila Kalan Saint Paul Convent School, Dandila Kalan, Palamu, Rehla Ram Narayan Dayawati Public School, B More, Dandila Khurd. Bank Central Bank of India,Rajhara-Garhwa Road, Rehla Vananchal Gramin Bank, Rehla, Garhwa Road State Bank of India, Garhwa Road

0.17 km NEE 0.32 km SSE 0.47 km SSE 1.06 km SSW 2.74 km SSE 5.18 km NE 0.45 km SE 0.52 km NEE 0.73 km NE 0.10 km NE 0.37 km SE 0.88 km NNE 0.30 km SSE 0.48 km SSE 0.51 km SSE



10. Areas containing important, high quality or scarce resources (Ground water resources, surface resources, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, minerals)

No ASI Monuments within 15 km Radius

No ASI Monuments within 15 km Radius

11 Areas already subjected to pollution or environmental damage. (Those where existing legal environmental standards are exceeded)

No Critically Polluted Area with in 15 km Radius

No Critically Polluted Area with in 15 km Radius

12 Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause the project to present environmental problems (Earthquakes, subsidence, landslides, erosion, flooding or extreme or adverse climatic conditions)

Area falls in Seismic Zone-III.

Scanned by CamScanner

SECTION B: ToR Letter and ToR Compliance

No.IA-J-11011/320/2019-IA-II(I)

Goverment of India

Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change

Impact Assessment Division

***

Indira Paryavaran Bhavan,

Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj,

Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003

08 Dec 2019

To,

M/s SUNTEK PLASTICIZER PRIVATE LTD.

Dandila Khurd, Near Grasim Industries Limited, Garwha Road, Rehla, Palamu, Jharkhan,

Palamu-822124

Jharkhand

Tel.No.011-45680740; Email:[email protected]

Sir/Madam,

This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA

study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of

the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the

prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are

given below:

1. Proposal No.: IA/JH/IND2/122160/2019

2. Name of the Proposal: Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer

Manufacturing Unit

3. Category of the Proposal: Industrial Projects - 2

4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(f) Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes

& dye intermediates; bulk

5. Date of submission for TOR: 25 Oct 2019

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR

for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment

management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation

as follows:

B-1

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5(f):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR SYNTHETICORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYEINTERMEDIATES; BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATESEXCLUDING DRUG FORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS;BASIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANICCHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES) ANDINFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary

2) Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

ii. Information about the project proponent

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

3) Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

c. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In

B-2

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4) Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scaleon an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layoutof Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (notrequired for industrial area)

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green fieldprojects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.

B-3


5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

6) Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

B-4


x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

7) Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmenthall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to

B-5


use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8) Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.

9) Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

B-6


10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the EnterpriseSocial Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with timebound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to beelaborated upon.

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCEFOREIASTUDIES FOR SYNTHETICORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYE INTERMEDIATES;BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES EXCLUDING DRUGFORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS; BASIC ORGANICCHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS ANDCHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES)

1. Detailsonsolvents to be used,measuresfor solventrecovery and for emissions control.

2. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.

3. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, otherprocess-specificpollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*,HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-asapplicable)

4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.

5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including ssegregation of effluent streams for units adopting'Zero' liquid discharge.

6. Action plan for odour control to be submitted.

7. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearlythat they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

8. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste inTSDF, if any.

9. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts.

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

11. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

B-7


12. Details of incinerator if to be installed.

13. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling& safety system to be incorporated.

14. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

***

B-8


Prepared By : Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd.

S. No.

TERMS OF REFERENCE POINTS

TOR Compliance Remarks

STANDARD TOR

1. Executive Summary of the Project

Executive Summary of the Project in Chapter-11 of EIA report.

Chapter 11

2. Introduction i) Details of the EIA consultant including NABET accreditation ii) Information about the project proponent iii) Importance and benefits of the project

Details of consultants with NABET accreditation are given in Chapter-12 of the EIA report. Information about the project proponent is given in the EIA Report. Benefits & importance of the project are given in Chapter-8 of EIA Report.

Chapter 12 Chapter-1 section 1.2 Chapter 8

3. Project Description i) Cost of Project and the

time of completion ii) Products with

capacities for the proposed project

iii) If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any. iv) List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation. v) Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities.

Total cost of the project is 7.650 Crores and time of completion is 1 year after getting Environment clearance and CTE.

No, it is a greenfield project.

List of Raw Materials required along with the source are given in the EIA Report. Transportation will be through ISO tankers/sealed drums in trucks. List of Chemicals required for the proposed project and storage capacity is given in the EIA report.

Products with capacities are given in Chapter 2 Section 2.6 of EIA report. Chapter-2 Section 2.9 List of chemicals- Chapter-2 section 2.9 Storage- Chapter 7, Section 7.4

Product Proposed Capacity (TPA)

Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (CPP) 42000

By Product Hydrochloric Acid (30-32% v/v) 66500

B-9



vi) Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management. vii) Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract). viii) Process description along with major equipment and machineries, process flow sheet (quantitative) from raw material to products to be provided. ix) Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems. x) In Expansion/modernization proposals:

c) Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing

Details of Emissions, effluents and hazardous waste generation are given in Chapter-2 of EIA Report. Details of water requirement, source of supply and water balance are given in Chapter-2 of the EIA Report. Details of power requirement are given in Chapter-2 of the EIA report. Applied Copy of water assurance is attached in Section D. Details of man-power requirement are given in Chapter 2 of the EIA Report. Details of manufacturing processes, equipment/ machineries, and process flow sheet are given in Chapter-2 of the EIA report. Hazard identification and safety related information is given in Chapter-7 of EIA Report. Not applicable, as it is a new project.

Chapter-2 Section 2.14 Water Requirement- Chapter-2 Section 2.14 Power requirement-Chapter-2 Section 2.8.3 Manpower requirement- Chapter-2 Section 2.8.2 Chapter-2 Section 2.9-2.11. Chapter-7

B-10



existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report. d) In case of the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA notification 1994 and/or EIA notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/ No objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4. Site Details i) Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered. ii) A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10 km and site location on 1:50,000/1: 25,000 scales on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places) iii) Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site iv) Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site v) Google Map-Earth downloaded from the project site.

vi) Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating

Location of the project site and related details are given in Chapter-2 of the EIA report. Analysis of alternate sites and justification is given in Chapter-5 of EIA Report. Toposheet of radius 10 km with site location is given in Chapter-2 of the EIA Report. Also attached as Section D of EIA report. Analysis of alternate sites and justification is given in Chapter-5 of EIA Report.

Co-ordinates (lat-long) of the all corners of the site are given in Chapter 2 of the EIA Report Google earth map is given in Chapter-2 of the EIA Report.

Chapter-2 Section 2.3 Chapter-2 Section 2.3.2 Chapter 5 Chapter 2 Section 2.3.1 Chapter-2 Section 2.3 Section D

B-11



storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vii) Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular. viii) Land use break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area) ix) A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10 km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area x) Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included xi) Details of Drainage of the project up to 5 km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects) xii) Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not

Layout plan for the proposed unit is given in Chapter-2 Section 2.7 of EIA Report. and attached in Section D

Site photographs are given in Chapter-2 of the EIA Report. The proposed project land consists of a total plot area of 4350.376 m2. The unit will be situated outside the notified industrial area. Hence, the land use pattern will change due to the proposed project. List of major industries within 10 km of the project is given in Chapter 2 of the EIA Report. Land use of the study area is given in Chapter 3 Section 3.9.3 of the EIA report. Geological details and geo hydrological status is given in Chapter- 3 Section 3.7 of EIA Report. There are two rivers in 1 km radius of the project site (Bhelwa Nadi, 0.62 km NNW and North Koel river 0.97 km West). Details of drainage are given in Chapter-3 section 3.7 of EIA report. Land is in the name of M/s NKG Plastochem Pvt.Ltd. A rent agreement has been done

Chapter-2 Section 2.3.4 Chapter 2 Section 2.3.3.1 Chapter- 3 Section 3.7 Chapter-3 section 3.7 Section D

B-12



complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land. xiii) R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.

between M/s NKG Plastochem Pvt. Ltd. and M/s Suntek Plasticizers Pvt. Ltd. The land documents are attached in Section D of the EIA Report. Not applicable

5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable): i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable) ii. Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha) iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted. iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon. v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area. vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act,

Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable There is no eco-sensitive area in the 10 km radius. Environmental sensitive areas in the 10 km area are given in Chapter 2 of the EIA Report. Wildlife conservation plan of Schedule I fauna (Pavo cristatus and Varanus bengalensis) is prepared and shall be submitted to the Chief Wildlife Warden office for authentication and is enclosed in Section D of EIA Report. Not Applicable

Chapter 2 Section 2.3.3 Section D

B-13



1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

6. Environmental Status: i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall. ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100 m upstream and downstream of the discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/ MoEF&CC guidelines. v. Whether the site falls near polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/ MoEF&CC, if yes give details. vi. Ground-water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included. vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Micro-meteorological data has been collected and is given in chapter 3 section 3.4 of EIA report. AAQ data is given in Chapter-3 of EIA Report. Raw Data has been obtained by PRPL (NABL Accredited Lab) given in Section D and Test report of the same is annexed in Section D. Surface water quality data is given in Chapter-3 Section 3.8 of EIA Report. Not Applicable Ground water quality monitoring data is given in Chapter-3 of EIA Report. Noise quality monitoring data is given in Chapter 3 of EIA Report.

Chapter-3 Section 3.5 Section D Chapter-3 Section 3.8 Chapter-3 Section 3.8 Chapter 3 section 3.6

B-14



viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to the proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished. xi. Socio-economic status of the study area

Soil quality data is given in Chapter-3 of the EIA Report. Traffic survey is given in Chapter-3 of the EIA Report. Flora and fauna details are given in Chapter-3 of EIA Report. Wildlife conservation plan of Schedule I fauna (Pavo cristatus and Varanus bengalensis) is prepared and has been submitted to the Chief Wildlife Warden office for authentication and is enclosed in the EIA Report. Socio Economic Report is given in Chapter 3 of the EIA report.

Chapter-3 Section 3.10 Chapter-3 Section 3.13 Chapter-3 Section 3.11 Conservation Plan is attached in Section D. Chapter 3 Section 3.12

7. Impact and Environment Management Plan i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

Air Dispersion Modelling Report has been prepared.

Section D.

B-15



ii. Water Quality modelling -in case of discharge in water body iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment hall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor cum-rail transport shall be examined. iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules. v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards. vi. Measures for fugitive emission control vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A

No discharge to the water body. Impact on transportation is insignificant and is given under chapter 4 of the EIA report. Water Management with treatment scheme and characteristics is given in detail in Chapter-2 of the EIA Report. Stack emission details and control of air emissions is given in Chapter- 2 of the EIA Report. Fugitive Emission control is given in Chapter-2 of EIA Report. Hazardous waste generation will be used only oil and process waste and management is given in Chapter-2 of the EIA Report. No fly ash generation.

Chapter 4 Section 4.3.4 Chapter-2 Section 2.14 Chapter- 2 Section 2.15 Chapter-2 Section 2.15 Chapter-2 Section 2.16

B-16



detailed plan of action shall be provided. ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof-tops and storm water drains to recharge the groundwater and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources. xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included. xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan

Due to space constraints/ fire safety laws, the green belt area of 32.65% will be developed in the project as per CPCB guidelines. Details of plantation is given in Chapter 2 of the EIA report. Rain water harvesting shall be done by collecting rainwater from the rooftops. Rainwater shall be collected in Rain harvesting pits for ground water recharge. Capital and recurring costs for environmental pollution control measures are given in Chapter-10 of the EIA Report. Action plan for post project environmental monitoring is given in Chapter-6 of EIA Report. Details given in Chapter-7 of EIA Report.

Chapter 2 Section 2.19 Chapter-10 Section 10.4

B-17



8. Occupational health i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers. ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre-designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre-placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analysed data of above-mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved, iv. Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all workers is given in Chapter-2 Section 2.22 of EIA Report. Occupational health and safety details are given in Chapter-2 Section 2.22 of EIA Report. Not applicable. It is a new project. Annual reports of health status will be submitted after the operation of the project.

Chapter-2 Section 2.22 Chapter-2 Section 2.22

9. Corporate Environment Policy Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental

Corporate Environmental Policy is attached in Section-D. Yes, the policy prescribes the same.

Section-D

B-18



or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA. iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given. iv. Does the company have a system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

The hierarchical system/administrative order of the company to deal with environmental issues and ensuring compliance with environmental clearance conditions is given in Chapter-10 of the EIA report. Details are given in Chapter 10 Section 10.2.1 of the EIA report.

Chapter-10 Section 10.2.1 Chapter 10 Section 10.2.1

10. Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

Labour force during the construction phase and casual workers during operation phase will be provided sanitation and restrooms in the unit. Proper arrangements for their living and occupational health and safety shall be done where required. Details given in Chapter-2 Section 2.22.

Chapter-2 Section 2.22

11. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

Rs. 15.5 Lakhs have been earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on the Public Hearing issues.

Chapter 10 Section 10.4

12. Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and

None

B-19



Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13. A tabular chart with index for points wise compliance of above TOR.

TOR compliance & TOR letter is given as Section B.

SPECIFIC TOR

14. Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent recovery and for emissions control.

No solvent recovery will be there however HCl fumes produced shall be channelized to M/s Grasim Industries Ltd. for neutralization/Sodium Hypo-chloride formation through pipeline. Details of emission control are given in Chapter-10 of the EIA Report.

Chapter-10 Section 10.3.2

15. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.

Details of emissions from processes with control arrangements are given in Chapter-2 of the EIA Report.


16. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process-specific pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*, etc., (*-as applicable)

Ambient air quality data is given in Chapter-3 of the EIA Report.


17. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.

Details of work zone monitoring are given in Chapter-6 of the EIA report.

Chapter 6

18. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of effluent streams for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge.

Effluent scheme and water management with all details and water balance is given in Chapter-2 of the EIA Report. STP based on MBBR technology & ETP shall be installed and hence zero liquid discharge shall be adopted.


19. Action plan for odour control to be submitted.

Odour control is given in Chapter-2 of EIA Report.


20. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

Not applicable

21. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

Liquid waste will be treated in-house and re-use within the plant. It will be a Zero liquid discharge project. Details of hazardous waste and disposal is given in Chapter-2 of EIA Report.


B-20



22. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

Details of the Material Safety Data Sheet of all chemicals used are given in Section-D of EIA report.

Section D

23. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

There will be no generation of hazardous waste from the process in the proposed project. HCl fumes shall be scrubbed with water to produce Hydrochloric Acid and negligible Chlorine fumes from the system shall be channelized to M/s Grasim Industries Limited for Sodium Hypochlorite production through pipeline.

24. Details of incinerator if to be installed.

No incinerator shall be installed.

25. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.

Risk Assessment and relevant information is given in detail in Chapter-7.

Chapter 7

26. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials

Details on Occupational health and safety management are given in Chapter-7 of the EIA Report.

Chapter-7 Section 7.7.

B-21

SECTION D - ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit at Palamu District, JharkhandBy M/s Suntek Plasticizers Private Limited

Prepared by- M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd. D- 2

Table of Content

1. Introduction 11

1.1. Purpose of the Report 11

1.2. Project and Project Proponent 13

1.3. Brief description of Project 13

1.4. Scope of EIA Study 15

1.5. EIA Methodology 15

1.6. Limitations 17

1.7. Applicable Environmental Laws 17

2. Project Description 20

2.1. Type of Project 20

2.2. Need of the proposed project 20

2.3. Location 20

2.3.1. Coordinates of all corners 22

2.3.2. Topographical Map (showing 10 km radius around the project site) 23

2.3.3. Environment settings of the project 23

2.3.3.1. Major Industries in 2 Km Buffer area 25

2.3.4. Site Photographs 26

2.3.5. Seismicity 26

2.4. Project Description 27

2.5. Details of Development 28

2.5.1. Land Area Details 28

2.5.2. Details of Approvals 28

2.6. Plant Capacity (Proposed) 29

2.6.1. Details of Products and Production 29

2.7. Proposed Layout Plan 30



2.8. Resources for the Project 30

2.8.1. Land 30

2.8.2. Manpower 31

2.8.3. Power and fuel Requirement 31

2.8.4. Water 32

2.9. Details of Raw Materials 32

2.10. Plant and Machinery 33

2.10.1. Amenities and Facilities 35

2.11. Manufacturing Process and Process Flow Diagram 35

2.12. Flow Chart of activities during construction and operation phase 38

2.12.1. During Construction Phase 38

2.12.2. During Operation Phase 39

2.13. Environmental issues in the project 39

2.14. Water & Waste water management 41

2.14.1. Scheme of ETP & Technical Specifications 42

2.14.2. Rain Water Harvesting 44

2.15. Air Emission Management 46

2.15.1. Point Source Emission Control 47

2.15.1.1. Details of air emissions and control measures 47

2.15.2. Fugitive Emissions/VOCs. 48

2.15.3. Odour Control 48

2.15.4. Impact of the transport of the raw material & vehicular pollution control & its Management 49

2.16. Solid & Hazardous waste Management 49

2.16.1. Process Waste (Non- Hazardous) 50

2.16.2. Hazardous Waste 50

2.16.3. Waste Minimization 50



2.17. Noise Management 51

2.18. Parking Provision 51

2.19. Plantation & Green belt 51

2.20. Safety Measures In Project 52

2.21. Project Cost And Implementation Schedule 54

2.22. Occupational Health and Safety 54

2.22.1. Safety In Work Environment For Worker Health 55

2.22.2. Plan and Budget for Occupational health and Safety 58

3. Description of Environment 59

3.1. Introduction 59

3.2. Base maps of the area 60

3.2.1. Google Image of the Project Site 60

3.2.2. Topographical map 60

3.2.3. DEM map 60

3.2.4. Village map 60

3.3. Methodology of baseline data collection 61

3.4. Meteorology 62

3.4.1. Climatic Conditions (As per the Indian Meteorological Data-Station Ranchi) 62

3.4.2. Temperature 63

3.4.3. Relative Humidity 64

3.4.4. Rainfall 65

3.4.5. Wind Speed 67

3.4.6. Wind Direction 68

3.4.7. Micro-Meteorological Data 69

3.5. Ambient Air Quality 70

3.5.1. Sampling Station Selection 70



3.5.2. Ambient Air Sampling Locations 71

3.5.3. Sampling Procedure 72

3.5.4. Analytical methods followed for ambient air quality monitoring 73

3.5.5. Ambient Air Quality Results 74

3.5.6. Air Quality Index 78

3.5.7. Data Interpretation 79

3.6. Noise Level 79

3.6.1. Methodology 79

3.6.2. Ambient Noise Sampling Station 79

3.6.3. Results and Discussion 81

3.7. Hydrology & Water Regime 84

3.7.1. Introduction 84

3.7.2. Objectives 84

3.7.3. Climate & Rainfall 84

3.7.4. Flood History 85

3.7.5. Geohydrology 86

3.7.5.1. Groundwater Development 89

3.7.6. Ground Water Quality 89

3.8. Water Quality 90

3.8.1. Sampling Station 90

3.8.2. Ground-water Locations 90

3.8.3. Surface water monitoring locations 90

3.8.4. Water Sampling Location 91

3.8.5. Criteria of Selection of Sampling Locations 92

3.8.6. Sampling Frequency and Sampling Techniques 92

3.8.7. Ground Water Quality Results 92



3.8.8. Surface Water Quality Results 95


3.9. Land Environment 98

3.9.1. Topography 98

3.9.2. Geology 100

3.9.3. Land Use 102

3.9.3.1. Methodology 102

3.9.3.2. Interpretation of Satellite Image 102

3.9.3.3. Results and Conclusions 104

3.10. Soil Quality 106

3.10.1. Sampling Location 106

3.10.2. Soil Sampling Locations 107

3.10.3. Sampling Procedure and Analysis 108

3.10.4. Physical & Chemical Properties of Soil 108


3.11. Biological Environment 110

3.11.1. Methodology for the study of Flora and Fauna: 111

3.12. Socio-economic Environment 123

3.13. Traffic Survey 136

4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures 141

4.1. Impact Assessment Methodology 141

4.2. Potential Impacts during Construction Phase 142

4.2.1. Activity- Site Preparation and levelling 142

4.2.2. Activity- Excavation 144

4.2.3. Activity- Compacting and other related work 147

4.2.4. Activity- Construction of foundation 148



4.2.5. Activity- Construction of SuperStructure 150

4.2.6. Activity- Installation of Machinery 152

4.2.7. Activity- Operation of Construction machinery (DG set, Heavy Machinery, etc.) 153

4.2.8. Activity- Transportation (Raw material, Labour) 155

4.2.9. Activity- Working & daily activity of construction labour 156

4.3. Operation Phase 158

4.3.1. Activity: Loading, unloading & storage of raw material 158

4.3.2. Activity- Manufacturing Process 160

4.3.3. Activity- Operation of machinery & Equipment 164

4.3.4. Activity- Transportation of raw material, finished products, waste 167

4.3.5. Activity- Working & daily activity of staff, visitor 170

4.4. Summary 171

4.4.1. Air Environment 172

4.4.2. Water Environment 172

4.4.3. Land Use 172

4.4.4. Soil Environment 173

4.4.5. Socio-Economic 173

4.4.6. Ecology & Biodiversity 174

4.4.7. Noise and Vibration 174

4.4.8. Hydrology and Geology 174

4.4.9. Solid and Hazardous Waste 175

4.4.10. Traffic 175

5. Analysis of Alternatives 177

5.1. Description Of Alternatives 177

5.2. Alternative Manufacturing Methods 177

6. Environmental Monitoring Program 178



6.1. Details of Monitoring to Judge Effectiveness of Measures 178

6.1.1. During Construction Phase 178

6.2. During Operation Phase 179

6.2.1. Work Zone Monitoring 182

6.3. Submission of Six Monthly Compliances 183

6.4. Environment Audit 183

6.5. Compliance of Environmental Approvals 183

6.5.1. CGWA Clearance 183

6.5.2. Conservation Plan 183

6.5.3. Forest Clearance 183

6.5.4. Annual returns 184

7. Additional Studies 185

7.1. Public Consultation 185

7.2. Risk Assessment 188

7.2.1. Hazard Identification 188

7.3. Vulnerability Analysis 189

7.4. Risk Analysis 195

7.4.1. Earthquake 195

7.4.2. Flooding 195

7.4.3. Fire & Explosion 195

7.4.4. Electrical 195

7.4.5. Mechanical 196

7.4.6. Thermal 196

7.4.7. Chemical 196

7.5. On-Site Emergency Planning 196

7.5.1. Planning 196



7.6. Preventive Measures 197

7.6.1. Earthquake 197

7.6.2. Flooding 197

7.6.3. Fire and Life Safety 198

7.6.4. Chemical 198

7.6.5. Hazardous substance & Chemicals 201

7.6.6. Mitigation Measures 202

7.6.6.1. General Mitigation Measures 202

7.6.6.2. Specific Mitigation Measures 204

7.6.7. Mechanical 205

7.6.8. Thermal 206

7.7. Emergency Response Procedure 207

7.7.1. Recovery Procedure 208

7.8. Off Site Emergency Management Plan 208

7.8.1. Vulnerability Analysis 208

7.9. Preventive Measures 209

7.9.1. During Transportation 209

7.9.2. During Storage and Handling 209

7.9.3. Process Emission/Odour Control 210

7.9.4. Emergency Response Procedures 210

7.9.5. Roles and Responsibilities 211

7.9.6. Recovery Procedures 213

7.10. Emergency Control Team 213

7.10.1. Key Personnel 213

7.10.2. Chain of command during emergency 213

7.11. R&R Action Plans 214



8. Project Benefits 215

8.1. Improvements in the physical infrastructure 215

8.2. Improvements in the social infrastructure 215

8.3. Employment potential –skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled 215

8.4. Other tangible benefits 216

9. Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 217

10. Environment Management Plan 218

10.1. Introduction 218

10.2. Organizational Role and Responsibility 218

10.2.1. Role of Project proponent (Top Management) 220

10.2.2. Role of Contractor 221

10.2.3. Inspection, Monitoring and Audit 221

10.2.4. Monitoring, Reporting and Documentation 221

10.2.5. Internal Monitoring, Reporting and Communication 222

10.2.6. Documentation 222

10.2.7. EMP Review & Amendments 223

10.3. Environment Management Plan 223

10.3.1. Environment Management Plan during Construction Phase 223

10.3.2. Environment Management Plan during Operation Phase 225

10.4. EMP Implementation Budget 227

10.5. Environmental Cost Summary 228

11. Summary & Conclusion 230

11.1. Project Description 230

11.2. Description of the Environment 230

11.3. Anticipated environmental impact and mitigation measures 232

11.4. Environmental Monitoring Programme 234



11.5. Additional Studies 234

11.6. Project Benefits 235

11.7. Environment Management Plan 236

11.8. Conclusion 236

12. Disclosure of Consultants Engaged 237

List Of Images■ Figure 1. Map showing accessibility to the site with 1 km radius■ Figure 2. Map showing accessibility to the site with 2 km radius■ Figure 3. Study Area Map of the project■ Figure 4. Coordinates of the project■ Figure 5. Topographical Map of the project■ Figure 6. Ecological Sensitivity Map■ Figure 7. Site Photographs■ Figure 8. Seismicity Map■ Figure 9. Proposed Layout Plan■ Figure 10. Proposed Land Use Chart of the core zone■ Figure 11. Process Flow Diagram■ Figure 12. Activities involved in Construction Phase■ Figure 13. Activities involved in Operation Phase■ Figure 14. Water Balance■ Figure 15. Schematic Diagram of ETP■ Figure 16. Schematic Diagram of Rainwater Harvesting Pit■ Figure 17. Village Map showing villages in study area■ Figure 18. Highest Maximum Temperature■ Figure 19. Mean Maximum Temperature■ Figure 20. Maximum Humidity■ Figure 21. Minimum Humidity ■ Figure 22. Maximum Rainfall■ Figure 23. Minimum rainfall■ Figure 24. Mean maximum wind speed■ Figure 25. Mean minimum wind speed■ Figure 26. Wind rose



■ Figure 27. Topographical Map of 2 km showing ambient air sampling locations

■ Figure 28. Graph showing mean concentration of PM10 & PM2.5■ Figure 29. Graph showing mean concentrations of SO2 & NO2■ Figure 30. Graph showing mean concentration of CO & TVOC■ Figure 31. Air Quality Index■ Figure 32. Topographical Map of 2 km showing ambient noise sampling

location■ Figure 33. Drainage Map with Contours■ Figure 34. Hydro-geological Map of the project■ Figure 35. Topographical Map of 10 km showing water sampling locations■ Figure 36. DEM Map of the Study area■ Figure 37. Geological Map■ Figure 38. Flow Chart for Methodology of LULC Map Preparation■ Figure 39. Land Use Map■ Figure 40. Major land use/land cover categories of study area (10 Km

Radius Buffer zone)■ Figure 41. Soil sampling locations on Topographical Map■ Figure 42. Ecological Sensitivity Map of the Project Area■ Figure 43. Map showing ecological survey locations■ Figure 45. Flora species of buffer zone■ Figure 45. Flora species of buffer zone■ Figure 46. Rural literacy profile■ Figure 47. Work profile of the study area■ Figure 48. Disaster Management Cell■ Figure 49. Chain of command during emergency■ Figure 50. Environmental Policy■ Figure 51. Environment Management Cell■ Figure 52. Signature

List Of Tables■ Table 1. Employment Details■ Table 2. Environment Sensitivity of the project■ Table 3. Industries in 2 Km Buffer area



■ Table 4. Project Details■ Table 5. Approvals related to project■ Table 6. Details of Product & Production■ Table 7. Proposed Land Use of the project■ Table 8. Manpower■ Table 9. Details of raw material■ Table 10. Plant and Machinery■ Table 11. Environmental issue and their control system■ Table 12. Water Management■ Table 13. Raw wastewater characteristics■ Table 14. Treated Sewage Characteristics■ Table 15. Rain water harvesting Details■ Table 16. Details of air emissions and control measures■ Table 17. Details of solid waste■ Table 18. Details of Hazardous Waste■ Table 19. List of tree species proposed■ Table 20. Details of Hazardous chemicals, their storage & threshold

quantity■ Table 21. List of Medical Tests■ Table 22. Plan & Budget for occupational health & safety■ Table 23. Public health and safety■ Table 24. Methodology of baseline Chapter■ Table 25. Temperature Record■ Table 26. Relative Humidity Record■ Table 27. Rainfall Record■ Table 28. Wind speed■ Table 29. Wind direction record■ Table 30. Predominant Wind direction■ Table 31. Micro-Meteorological data■ Table 32. Ambient Air Sampling Locations■ Table 33. Ambient Air Quality Results (PM10 & PM2.5)■ Table 34. Ambient Air Quality Results of SO2 & NO2■ Table 35. Ambient Air Quality Results of CO & TVOC■ Table 36. AQI■ Table 37. Ambient Noise Sampling Station■ Table 38. Ambient noise quality results



■ Table 39. Ground water Development Table■ Table 40. Ground water sampling Locations■ Table 41. Surface water sampling locations■ Table 42. Ground water quality results■ Table 43. Ground water quality results■ Table 44. Surface water quality results■ Table 45. Designated Best Use■ Table 46. Major land use/land cover categories of study area (10 Km

Radius Buffer zone)■ Table 47. Soil sampling Locations■ Table 48. Soil quality Results■ Table 49. Ecological Sensitivity of the area■ Table 50. Ecological Sampling Locations■ Table 51. Flora of core zone■ Table 52. Fauna of core zone■ Table 53. Flora of buffer zone■ Table 54. Shrubs of buffer zone■ Table 55. Fauna of buffer zone■ Table 56. List of villages in 10 km radius■ Table 57. Demographics of the buffer zone■ Table 58. Details of the villages surveyed■ Table 59. Details of surveyed villages■ Table 60. Comprehensive results of the study area & district census

records■ Table 61. Comprehensive table of the affected population from several

diseases■ Table 62. Conversion factor (Ref:IRC 106:1990)■ Table 63. Traffic Analysis: Garhwa-Rajhara Road - 2 Lane, 18 Meters■ Table 64. Traffic Analysis: Approach Road (Garhwa Road) - 2 Lane, 8

Meters■ Table 65. Summary of traffic survey of Garhwa-Rajhara road■ Table 66. Summary of traffic of approach road (Garhwa Road)■ Table 67. Inference based on IRC 106:1990■ Table 68. Activity- Site Preparation and levelling■ Table 69. Activity- Excavation■ Table 70. Activity- Compacting and other related work



■ Table 71. Activity- Construction of foundation■ Table 72. Activity-Construction of super structure■ Table 73. Activity- Installation of Machinery■ Table 74. Activity- Operation of Construction machinery (DG set, Heavy

Machinery, etc.)■ Table 75. Activity- Transportation (Raw material, Labour)■ Table 76. Activity- Working & daily activity of construction labour■ Table 77. Activity: Loading, unloading & storage of raw material■ Table 78. Activity- Manufacturing Process■ Table 79. Activity- Operation of machinery & Equipment■ Table 80. Activity- Transportation of raw material, finished products, waste■ Table 81. Activity- Working & daily activity of staff, visitor■ Table 82. Environmental Monitoring during construction phase■ Table 83. Environmental Monitoring during operational phase■ Table 84. Publich Hearing Minutes Compliance■ Table 85. Vulnerability Analysis■ Table 86. Storage & threshold limit of hazardous chemicals■ Table 87. Vulnerability Analysis■ Table 88. EMP- Construction Phase■ Table 89. EMP-Operation phase■ Table 90. EMP Implementation Budget (Capital Cost)■ Table 91. EMP Implementation Budget (Recurring Cost)■ Table 92. Budget for Social Responsibility■ Table 93. Cost Summary■ Table 94. Core Team■ Table 95. FAE list■ Table 96. FAA List



1. IntroductionM/s Suntek Plasticizer Private Limited will develop “Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit” at Dandila Khurd, Near Grasim Industries Limited, Garhwa Road, Rehla, Palamau, Jharkhand. The proposed capacity of the plant will be Product -42000 MTPA (Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer- CPP) and By-Product 66500 MTPA (Hydrochloric Acid:30-32%- By-Product). The proposed project cost is estimated around INR 7.650 Crores.

Chlorinated paraffin market will witness growth as an additive material to produce various metal working fluids and plastic products. Growth in the manufacturing sector will drive the market demand as several companies are engaged in manufacturing of equipment & machineries, automobiles, metal products, etc., especially in the Asia Pacific region. Increasing demand for automobiles, building & construction materials, rubber & plastic products, etc. will positively influence the manufacturing domain growth in coming years due to the upsurge in purchasing power coupled with changing consumer lifestyle. The product is excessively used in the formulation of metal cutting fluids, added in PVC to produce numerous products and also used as plasticizer in rubber and plastic products in order to impart the flexibility and flame-retardant quality. This in turn, will support the market penetration in the near future. Export possibility for Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer is now growing in south asian countries & Middle East. So the export possibility is very high for the proposed product which ultimately helps our country to earn the foreign currency.

Since, the proposed project site is located outside the Notified Industrial Area, hence the proposed project falls under Item 5(f) Category “A” as per Schedule of EIA Notification, 2006 and its subsequent amendments.

MoEF&CC has accorded Standard Terms of Reference (TOR) for the proposed project vide TOR number, IA-J-11011/320/2019-IA-II(I) dated 08.12.2019. Thereafter the EIA Report was submitted to Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board (JSPCB) and public hearing was conducted on 16.10.2020.



1.1. Purpose of the ReportThe industry will manufacture the Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer. The Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India, made environmental clearance (EC) for certain development projects mandatory through its notification of 27.01.1994 under the Environment Protection Act, 1986. Keeping in view of the experience gained in the environmental clearance process over a period of one decade, the MoEF&CC came out with Environment Impact Notification, SO 1533(E), and dt.14.09.2006. It has been made mandatory to obtain environmental clearance for all Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates) manufacturing industry. The notification has classified all the projects outside the industrial area under category-A. Category-A Projects (including expansion and modernization of existing projects) require clearance from MoEF&CC.

Hence, Project proponent M/s Suntek Plasticizer Limited have involved consultants M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Private Limited (NABET accredited for 5(f) sector) for preparing EIA report based on Appendix III of the said notification for the grant of Environment Clearance.

The paraffin plasticizer market in India is poised to grow substantially in the upcoming next five years. The market is mainly driven by domestic consumption basically by government, NGOs, and civic bodies. The Indian paraffin plasticizer market witnessed strong growth in the last couple of years due to robust GDP growth, increased manufacturing activity, and core sector growth.

Demands-Supply Gap: As per the assessment there is a huge gap between demand and supply of the several chlorinated paraffin plasticizers.. Main aim of the company is to minimize this gap by setting up state of the art facilities, by appointing the technical sound manpower from the regional universities and other technical persons from recognized institutes. M/s. Suntek Plasticizers Pvt. Ltd. has been established since 2019. Looking at huge market requirements and business potential, the company has now proposed production of chlorinated paraffin plasticizers.

Imports vs.Indigenous Production: Manufacturing locally at the proposed site will reduce the importing capacity of the pharmaceutical chemicals & specialty chemicals and Agro intermediates and will save valuable foriegn exchange.



Domestic / Export Markets: Market for these products not only include the domestic market but there is considerable scope in the international market.

Employment Generation: Approx. 45 no. of staff has been estimated for the proposed project in several levels i.e. Manager, Skilled, Semi-skilled, un-skilled and clerk.

Table 1. Employment Details

Particulars Quantity (No.)

Manager 1

Skilled 4

Semi-skilled 25

Un-skilled 12

Clerk 3

TOTAL 45

1.2. Project and Project ProponentThe proposed project is for “Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit” located at Tozi No 51; Thana No. 40, Khewat No. 1; Halka No.7, Khata No. 19/295, 19/296, 40/328, 40/331, 46/329, Village- Dandila Khurd, Tehsil- Bishrampur, District- Palamu, Jharkhand. It is located at Longitude – 24°13'28.53"N and Latitude – 83°53'7.51"E. The elevation of the site is about 182 m with respect to mean sea level.

Total Capacity: Product -42000 MTPA (Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer- CPP) and By-Product 66500 MTPA (Hydrochloric Acid:30-32%- By-Product)

Name of the Applicant: Mr. Sagar Nenwani, Authorized Signatory

Address: 154,374-375, Pooth Khurd, Bhavana New Delhi, 110034

Phone: 01145680740



E-Mail: [email protected]

The project will be developed by M/s Suntek Plasticizer Limited Established in 2019. It is classified as a Non-Government company and is registered at the Registrar of Companies, Delhi. It is involved in manufacturing of chlorinated paraffin.

1.3. Brief description of Project Location: Tozi No 51; Thana No. 40, Khewat No. 1; Halka No.7, Khata No. 19/295, 19/296, 40/328, 40/331, 46/329, Village- Dandila Khurd, Tehsil- Bishrampur, District- Palamu, JharkhandPlot size: 4350.376 m2

Locational advantages: The site can be accessed from the NH-75 located at 0.44 Km South. The site is well connected to Garwa Road and NH-75 (0.44 km South). The nearest Railway station is Garhwa Road Junction Railway Station which is approximately 1.13 km South (aerial distance). The nearest Airport is Kriti Helipad, Kalyanpur, Jharkhand which is approximately 13.41 km SW (aerial distance).

Map showing Accessibility to the project site with 1 km & 2 km radius is given below:

mailto:[email protected]



Figure 2. Map showing accessibility to the site with 1 & 2 km radius

1.4. Scope of EIA Study 1. To Determine the status of current environmental parameters: This study

involves assessment of present environment and ecology, flora and fauna,



land use/ land cover, socio-economic condition of the area, monitoring of atmospheric pollutants like air, water, soil, noise and meteorological parameters. Studies in this respect were carried out in core zone (i.e. project area) as well as in buffer zone (area covering 10 km radius from the project) as per the guidelines of MoEF&CC and TOR Granted.

2. To Predict, Assess, categorise, quantify and mitigate probable significant environmental impacts (considering alternate assignments, baseline scenario and public opinion): In order to predict the expected impact of processes and activities of the project on various environmental factors, a detailed study of interrelationship of project activities and environmental factors has been carried out in this report.

3. To prepare a detailed Environmental Management Plan (EMP) with best available management tools and techniques including monitoring, reporting along with Operation and Maintenance Budget for better implementation.

4. Undertake Risk assessment for the proposed project and lay down risk mitigation measures for the safe Operations.

1.5. EIA MethodologyThe methodology adopted while preparing the EIA report is given below in the following steps.

1. Screening: Reviewing of the study area and the project description & activity associated with the project, identifying their potential impacts on various environmental components, applicability of the regulatory framework, compilation of the available baseline data, categorization and identification of the schedule & activity number of the project as per the EIA Notification, 2006.

2. Scoping: It involves the submission of the Application for the terms of reference & appraisal by EAC for scoping for the EIA study. The proposal for the grant of terms of reference was submitted to MoEF&CC on 18th October 2019. Accordingly standard TOR was granted by the MoEF&CC vide letter No.IA-J-11011/320/2019-IA-II(I) dated 08th December 2019 based on which this EIA study has been conducted.

3. Project Description: The detailed study and project description was carried out as per the Project pre feasibility report and additional information provided by the Project Proponent M/s Suntek Plasticizer Pvt. Ltd, the detailed project



description is covered in Chapter 2 and has been considered as an input for the impact assessment & suggesting mitigation measures. Occupational health and Hazards have also been identified and covered in the Chapter.

4. Environmental Baseline Study: The Baseline study was carried out for the post Monsoon season (October 2019-December 2019). The information has been collected and compiled from primary and secondary sources. Primary environmental data has been generated through field study within the impact zone (Core Zone and Buffer Zone) for various components of the environment viz. Air, Noise, Soil, Water, Traffic. The Land use/land Cover, Ecology and Socioeconomic baseline has been prepared through primary survey and collection of secondary data.

5. Impact Assessment & Analysis of Alternatives: The detailed methodology for the assessment of the impact associated with the project activities are given in Chapter 4. This involves identification, prediction and quantification of the impacts based on the activities associated during the construction and operation phase. The impacts have been accessed as per the information provided by the proponent and the experts judgement. The methods involved qualitative assessment, expert/professional judgement to quantitative modelling output. Worst case scenario has been assumed while identifying the impacts and accordingly mitigation measures have been proposed.

6. Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan: Based on the baseline study and the impact assessment the Environmental monitoring Plan has been prepared for ambient air & noise, water & waste-water, soil, solid waste, landscaping, energy saving, work zone area, Hazardous chemicals monitoring etc are covered in Chapter 6.

7. Risk Assessment (RA): Risk Assessment was carried out in order to ensure effective management of any emergency situations that may arise from the failure of isolated storages and leakages of the underground tanks of flammable liquids & gases with respect to the proposed project. The RA provides the appropriate preventive and risk mitigation measures. (Chapter 7).

8. Project Approvals: The EIA study conducted will be used as a guiding document for the decision making for the proposed project by MoEF&CC as per the EIA Notification, 2006.



1.6. LimitationsThis EIA study is based on certain scientific principles, expert systems and professional judgement to certain facts with resultant subjective interpretation and the baseline data collected. The report has been prepared based on the information provided by M/S Suntek Plasticizer Pvt. Ltd. and information gathered by the M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd. team. The impact prediction and assessment is done based on the project description covered in the Chapter 2. If information to the contrary is found, the finding in this EIA may need to be modified accordingly.

The report preparation is not for the purpose of advertisement, sales, promotions, or recommendation of the client’s interest or Public attention. The client acknowledges that the report prepared by M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd. is only for the absolute use of the client and for the grant of the Environmental clearance and will not be used for any promotional and commercial purpose.

1.7. Applicable Environmental LawsFollowing legislations are applicable to the project

THE WATER (PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF POLLUTION) ACT 1974

Under Section 25. Restrictions on New Outlets and New Discharges

● Applicable due to discharge of wastewater from the chlorinated paraffin plasticizer manufacturing unit.

● Under the above-mentioned act, we shall take consent “consent to establish” & “consent to operate” from the State Pollution Control Board.

THE AIR (PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF POLLUTION) ACT, 1981

Under section 21. Restrictions on the use of certain industrial plants.

● Applicable due to provision of DG Sets & Manufacturing unit which will be a source of air emissions to the atmosphere. Stack & Air Pollution Control Device shall be installed.

● Under the above-mentioned act, we shall take consent “consent to establish” & “consent to operate” from the State Pollution Control Board.



SOLID WASTE (MANAGEMENT AND HANDLING) RULES, 2016

● As per this rule solid waste is to be segregated, treated and disposed of as per defined procedure at approved sites for disposal of solid waste or within its own complex by using different solid waste disposed technologies.

HAZARDOUS AND OTHER WASTE (MANAGEMENT & TRANSBOUNDARY

MOVEMENT) RULES, 2016

● Hazardous wastes shall be collected, treated, stored at isolated locations.

● It will be given to authorized recyclers/ service providers only.

BATTERIES (MANAGEMENT AND HANDLING) RULES, 2001.

● To control the hazardous waste generation (lead waste) from used lead acid batteries

THE NOISE POLLUTION (REGULATION AND CONTROL) RULES, 2000

● The noise levels in any area zone shall not exceed the noise quality standards in respect of noise as specified in the schedule.

● The authority shall be responsible for the enforcement of noise pollution control measures and the due compliance of the noise quality standards in respect of noise.

PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE ACT, 1991

● An Act to provide for public liability- insurance for the purpose of providing immediate relief to the persons affected by accident occurring while handling any hazardous substance and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto.

THE MANUFACTURE, STORAGE AND IMPORT OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

RULES, 1989.

● Storage of all chemicals shall not exceed their threshold limit, wherever threshold is exceeded Clearance shall be as per obtained taken as MSIHC Rules, 1989.



EIA NOTIFICATION, 2006 & ITS AMENDMENTS

● EIA Notification, 2006 falls under EPA, 1986 under this act any project which has probable impact on the environment is listed under 35 categories, then units are required to take prior environmental clearance after occupying/identifying the land for a particular use. The project comes under category “A” & listed 5(f) schedules as per EIA notification, 2006.

FACTORIES ACT, 1948

● An Act to control the workplace environment and provide for good health and safety of workers.

EXPLOSIVE ACT, 1884

● An Act to regulate the manufacture, possession, use, sale, [ transport, import and export] of Explosives.

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY, HEALTH AND WORKING CONDITIONS CODE, 2020



2. Project Description

2.1. Type of ProjectThe proposed project is titled as “Proposed Chlorinated Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit” located at Tozi No 51, Thana No. 40, Khewat No. 1; Halka No.7, Khata No. 19/295, 19/296, 40/328, 40/331, 46/329 Dandila Khurd, Near Grasim Industries Limited, Garhwa Road, Rehla, Palamau, Jharkhand developed by M/s Suntek Plasticizer Pvt. Ltd. The proposed capacity of the plant will be Product -42000 MTPA (Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer- CPP) and By-Product 66500 MTPA (Hydrochloric Acid:30-32%- By-Product). As per EIA Notification 2006 and its subsequent amendments, the proposed project requires environmental clearance as are classified as Category A under item 5(f).

2.2. Need of the proposed project The paraffin plasticizer market in India is poised to grow substantially in the upcoming next five years. The market is mainly driven by domestic consumption basically by government, NGOs, and civic bodies. The Indian paraffin plasticizer market witnessed strong growth in the last couple of years due to robust GDP growth, increased manufacturing activity, and core sector growth.

2.3. LocationLocation: Tozi No 51; Thana No. 40, Khewat No. 1; Halka No.7, Khata No. 19/295, 19/296, 40/328, 40/331, 46/329 Dandila Khurd, Near Grasim Industries Limited, Garhwa Road, Rehla, Palamau, Jharkhand

Latitude: 24°13'28.53"N

Longitude: 83°53'7.51"E

Elevation: 182 m



Figure 3. Study Area Map of the project



2.3.1. Coordinates of all corners

Figure 4. Coordinates of the project



2.3.2. Topographical Map (showing 10 km radius around the project site)

Figure 5. Topographical Map of the project

2.3.3. Environment settings of the projectTable 2. Environment Sensitivity of the project

Water Bodies Distance Direction

Bhelwa Nadi 0.62 km NNW

North Koel River 0.97 km West

Danro River 2.53 km SSW



Khunti Sot 3.25 km NNW

Baghi Nadi 4.87 km NWW

Gora Nadi 5.48 km SW

Canal near Binuwantoli 6.03 km NWW

Satbahini Nadi 6.36 km SE

Sojhghatiya Nala 6.59 km SE

Adra Nadi 7.05 km SSE

Canal near Chacharia 7.84 km NW

Drain near Sahaspura 8.29 km NNW

Canal near Lenduka 8.50 km NNE

Phulwaria Nadi 8.65 km NW

Drain near Dyodar 8.99 km NNW

Tahla Nadi 8.99 km SSE

Canal near Kholra 9.18 km NW

Birha Nadi 9.64 km SSW

Khajuria Nadi 9.70 km NNW

Gurgurwa Nadi 10.08 km SSW

Kakria Nala 10.28 km SE

Forest

Protective Forest near Kamat 3.97 km NEE

Lohardaga Protective Forest 5.04 km N

Lambha Protective Forest 5.89 km NNE

Hatai Khas Protective Forest 5.96 km NEE

Chhipadohar Protective Forest 6.02 km NE

Protective Forest near Jala 6.70 km SWW

Ursugi Protective Forest 6.75 km SW

Protective Forest near Gurdi 7.99 km SWW

Kutmu Protective Forest 8.39 km NNE

Oraria Protective Forest 8.62 km NW

Sukhwana Protective Forest 8.93 km SW

Protective Forest near Likhahia 9.54 km NWW

Kholra Protective Forest 9.67 km NW



Figure 6. Ecological Sensitivity Map

2.3.3.1. Major Industries in 2 Km Buffer areaTable 3. Industries in 2 Km Buffer area



S.No. Name of Industries Type of Industry

1 Competent Polyment Pvt. Ltd. Polymer Industry

2 Manav Chemicals Chemical Industry

3 Aditya Birla Chemicals (India) Ltd. Chemical Industry

4 Grasim Industries Ltd. Textile Industry

5 Power Plant (30 MWx2), Aditya Birla, Rahela

Power plant

2.3.4. Site Photographs

Figure 7. Site Photogrpahs

2.3.5. SeismicityThe area under study falls in Zone-III, according to the Indian Standard Seismic Zoning Map. Suitable seismic coefficients in horizontal and vertical directions respectively, will be adopted while designing the structure.



Figure 8. Seismicity Map

2.4. Project DescriptionTable 4. Project Details



S. No Particulars Unit Details1. Plot Area m2 4350.3762. Plant Capacity TPA Chlorinated Paraffin

Plasticizer- 42,0003. Green Area m2 1420.454. Project Cost INR Crores 7.6505. Manpower No. 456. Total Water Requirement KLD 140.37. Total Fresh Water

Requirement KLD 137

8. Treated Water Reuse KLD 3.39. Waste-Water Generation KLD 3.810. Power Requirement kW 30011. HSD Fuel Requirement kL/hr 0.0412. Power Backup (DG Sets) kVA 2×15013. Total Solid Waste Generation kg/day 20

2.5. Details of Development

2.5.1. Land Area Details The project is located on the land measuring 4350.376 m2. Land is in the name of M/s NKG Plastochem Pvt. Ltd. A rent agreement has been done between M/s NKG Plastochem Pvt. Ltd. and M/s Suntek Plasticizers Pvt. Ltd. The land documents are attached in Section D of the EIA Report. The land use of the project site is commercial land.

2.5.2. Details of Approvals Table 5. Approvals related to project

S.No. Approvals Status

1 Land Papers Received, enclosed in Section D

2 Water Assurance Applied, enclosed in Section D

3 Conservation Plan to CWLWRequest Submitted, enclosed in Section D.



2.6. Plant Capacity (Proposed)The proposed capacity of the plant will be Product -42000 MTPA (Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer- CPP) and By-Product 66500 MTPA (Hydrochloric Acid:30-32%- By-Product). The detailed product wise description is given below:

2.6.1. Details of Products and ProductionTable 6. Details of Product & Production

Proposed Capacity S.No. Particulars TPA TPD

Product1. Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer

(CPP)42000 120

By-Product2 Hydrochloric Acid (30-32%) 66500 190



2.7. Proposed Layout Plan

Figure 9. Proposed Layout Plan

2.8. Resources for the Project

2.8.1. LandThe project is located on the land measuring 4350.376 m2. The land use for the unit is given below:

Table 7. Proposed Land Use of the project

Particulars Total area (m2) % AreaGround Coverage 1415.026 32.53

Green Area 1420.45 32.65Road/Paved Areas 1514.9 34.82

Total Plot Area 4350.376 m2 100.00



Figure 10. Proposed Land Use Chart of the core zone

2.8.2. ManpowerDuring Construction Phase: 30 no. of labours shall be employed for the construction of the proposed facility.

During Operation Phase: Approx. 45 no. of staff has been estimated for the proposed project in several levels i.e. Manager, Skilled, Semi-skilled, un-skilled and clerk.

Table 8. Manpower

Particulars Quantity (No.) Manager 1Skilled 4Semi-skilled 25Un-skilled 12Clerk 3TOTAL 45

2.8.3. Power and fuel RequirementDuring Construction Phase: DG Set of 1×62.5 kVA shall be used for construction of Proposed Unit.



During Operation Phase: The power requirement of the unit will be 300 kW which will be sourced from Jharkhand Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited. DG sets of 2×150 kVA shall be used for backup purposes only.

2.8.4. Water During Construction Phase: Total water required during installation phase will be 10 KLD which shall be taken from Tanker water supply. 2 KLD of water shall be used for drinking water for construction labour and 8 KLD of water shall be used for construction purposes. Approximately 1.6 KLD domestic wastewater will be generated which will be discharged to soak pits via septic tanks.

During Operation Phase: The total water requirement for the project during operation phase will be 140.3 KLD out of which, fresh water will be 137 KLD and ETP cum STP treated water usage will be 3.3 KLD. The fresh water source is through borewell. 2 KLD of waste water generation shall be generated from washing & Cooling Tower which shall be treated in ETP of 5 KLD & 1.8 KLD domestic waste-water shall be treated in STP of 2 KLD.

2.9. Details of Raw MaterialsSources of Raw Material have been mentioned below-:

1. Liquid Paraffin (HNP/LNP/NP/Waksol/LPL/LP-K/AHC/AH-D, etc.)

a) M/s Reliance Industries Ltd. Patalganga (Maharashtra)b) Importedc) K.L.J Resource Ltd.d) Panoli Intermediates Ltd. Etc.e) Kutch Chemical Industriesf) Grasim Industries Ltd, Gujarat, etc.

2. Chlorine:

a) M/s Grasim Industries Ltd, Rehla, Palamau, Jharkhandb) M/s Grasim Industries Ltd, Renukoot, U.Pc) M/s Grasim Industries Ltd, M.P

3. Epoxy Plasticizer/heat stabilizer



a) Delhi Marketb) Indore

4. Uvitex (OB) Brightener

a) Indian Market

For Cleaning purpose, Lime/caustic soda Lye will be used and will be sourced from Local Market (Garhwa), Jodhpur

The consumption of raw materials has been given in table below-:

Table 9. Details of raw material

S.No. Particulars Proposed Capacity Consumption of Raw Materials per unit of Product (Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer)

1. Chlorine TPD 130 1.0832. Liquid Paraffin TPD 60 0.53. Epoxy Plasticizer

(Heat Stabilizer)TPD

1.433 1%4. Packing Materials

(Drums)No. per day

480 4 nos. per TPD

5. Uvitex (OB) Brightener

gm/day150 1.25 g/TPD

2.10. Plant and MachineryTable 10. Plant and Machinery

S.No Item Name Type M.O.C Nos. Size. Capacity (Each Unit)

HNP STORAGE & FEEDING AREA

1 HNP Storage Tank Vertical MS+EPOXY 6 4.50 m Ø x 6.00 m

95 m3

2 HNP Unloading & transfer Pump

Centrifugal CI/CS 2 3 HP 3 Phase 20 m3/hr

3 Melter Vertical MS+EPOXY 5 2.00 mØ x 2.00 m

6.28 m3

4 HNP Feed Pump Centrifugal CI/CS 2 3 HP 3 Phase 20 m3/hr



5 HNP Magnetic Filter Packed SS 2 600 mm x 4 rods

10000 Gauss

CHLORINE EVAPORATION & FILTRATION

6 Chlorine Evaporator Vertical CS & MS 1 As provided by Supplier

3000 kg/hr

7 Chlorine Buffer Vertical MS + EPOXY 9 0.50 mØ x 1.00 m

0.196 m3

8 Chlorine Filter Packed FRP 36 0.30 mØ x 0.50 m

0.035 m3

CHLORINATION AREA

9 Reactor Vertical GLASS LINED + MS

18 1.0 mØ x 11.871m

8 Tons

10 Cyclone Separator (Primary (for separation of oil traces from HCl fumes))

Vertical FRP (Bisphenol)

18 1.20 mØ x 1.50 m

1.70 m3

11 Cyclone Separator (Secondary (For separation of oil traces from HCl fumes))

Vertical FRP(Bisphenol)

18 0.91 mØ x 1.20 m

0.78 m3

12 Vent Cooler (for cooling HCl fumes)

Vertical FRP(Bisphenol)

9 1.20 mØ x 1.50 m

1.70 m3

13 HCl absorber -Primary

Block/shell & tube

Graphite + MS

9 0.80 mØ x 4.80 m

32 m2

14 HCl absorber - Secondary

Block Graphite + MS

9 0.80 mØ x 4.80 m

32 m2

15 HCl Filter Vertical FRP 18 0.25 mØ x 0..30 m

0.15 m2

16HCl Circulation Tank


10 3.00 mØ x 3.00 m

21.20 m3

17 HCl Circulation Pump Centrifugal PP+PVDF 10 Exp50 24 m3/hr

18 Degassing Vessel Vertical FRP (Bisphenol)

9 2.00 mØ x 3.80 m

12 m3

HCL STORAGE



19 HCl Vent Seal Pot Vertical FRP (Bisphenol)

5 0.30 mØx 1.00 m

0.07 m3

20 HCl Storage Tank Vertical FRP (Bisphenol)

6 4.50 mØ x 6.00 m

95 m3

21 HCl Dispatch Pump Centrifugal PP+PVDF 2 Exp50 24 m3/hr

22 CPP Storage Tank Vertical MS+EPOXY 2 3.00 mØ x 4.50 m

31.81 m3

23 CPP Dispatch Pump Gear CS/CI 1 50 NB x50 NB

20 m3/hr

HCl FUMES ABSORPTION SYSTEM

24 HCl fumes Absorber Vertical Graphite +MS

18 0.80 mØ x 4.8 0m

32 m2

25 Absorber Circulation Tank


10 3.00 mØ x 3.00 m

21.20 m3

26 Absorber Circulation Pump

Centrifugal PP+PVDF 10 Exp50 24 m3/hr

27 Snuff gas Suction Blower

Centrifugal FRP 1 10HP 100 mm suction of water column

LIME PREPARATION SYSTEM

28 LIME Preparation Tank

Vertical FRP 1 2.00 mØ x 3.00 m

9.42 m3

29 LIME preparation pump

Vertical PP +PVDF 1 5 HP 15 m3/hr

COOLING SYSTEM

30 Cooling tank Cuboids RCC 1 10 m x 10 m x 3 m

300 m3

31 Cooling pump Centrifugal CI/CS 6 20 HP 150 m3/hr

32 Cooling Tower Vertical Wooden & FRP

1 300 TR 300 m3/hr

2.10.1. Amenities and FacilitiesSuntek Plasticizer Private Limited will continue to provide and maintain the following amenities/facilities in the proposed expansion :

● First aid kits at all prominent places



● Fire hydrant facility● Restroom for employees● Pre-employment and routine medical examinations● Security system at entrance

Health and Sanitation facilities

Proper drainage network will be provided in the unit which will be maintained to ensure the optimum hygienic conditions in the unit area to avoid water logging and surface runoff. Adequate health measures will be provided to ensure a clean and healthy environment. Good Housekeeping practices will be maintained.

2.11. Manufacturing Process and Process Flow DiagramChemical Name : Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (CPP) CAS No: 85535-85-9

Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer is an organic Molecule which is derived from Heavy Normal Paraffin. Chlorine gas reacts with Heavy normal Paraffin by substituting hydrogen by forming hydrogen chloride and another chlorine gas reacts with HNP to form chlorinated paraffin Plasticizer. Hydrogen chloride absorbed by the process water in absorber.

Reaction:

CnH(2n+2)+mCl2 Cn H(2n+2-m) Cl6 + mHCl + Heat

Chlorinated Paraffins are manufactured by the chlorination of n-paraffin, normally in a batch process. The reaction is exothermic and leads to the generation of the byproducts hydrochloric acid. After removing residual traces of acid, stabilizer is added to produce finished batches.

Chlorinated Paraffin which contain 30-70% chlorine, are largely inert and almost insoluble in water. Paraffin have extremely low vapor pressure. Most commercially Chlorinated paraffin is liquid and range from relatively low to extremely high viscosity. There are also solid types which have longer carbon chain lengths and usually contain 70-72% chlorine.

Operating Procedure



This plant consists of following section

1. HNP Storage section

2. HNP Feed section

3. Chlorine Evaporation Section

4. Reactor & HCl Absorption Area.

5. Waste air Absorption Area

6. Product Storage Area

Required amount of HNP (Heavy normal Paraffin) is transferred to HNP storage tank. Then Heavy normal paraffin is fed into the melter as required and heated up to 500C. The heated paraffin is transferred to the reactor by the help of mono block mechanical seal pump capacity 3 HP. After the completion of paraffin feeding in the reactor, chlorine is injected to the paraffin as 50 kg per hour in the initial stage then would be increased upto 500 kg/hours. Chlorination starts after an hour when the temperature goes to 530C.

Pressure is controlled within 2.5±0.5 bar throughout the process run time. Appearance of HNP at the process start through the sight Glass should be colorless, clear and transparent chlorination is started and the data collected on time basis. At finally temperature reaches up to 98 -1100C with desired specific gravity then chlorination goes stopped completely by closing the Chlorine gas valve. After chlorine gas injection stopped, Aeration is started to remove

gas from liquid and complete venting takes place through the reactor vent valve. Further produced CPP transfer to degassing vessel.

HCl mist comes from the reactor at the time of chlorination with HNP. This mist take place in HCl absorption system and circulation takes place till concentration achieves 30 - 32%, after that commercial-grade HCl transfer to HCL storage tank for sale in the market.

If any HCl fumes generated from system is takes to Absorption section through pipeline for producing hydrochloric acid, this process is completed in 5 stages, still if there is any chlorine gas left to be sent to Grasim Industries Ltd. to neutralize in their sodium hypo-chloride unit where chlorine is absorbed by circulated 18% Caustic



soda to form Sodium hypo-chloride. M/s Grasim Industries has given us consent to neutralize any snuff gases generated from our unit.

Figure 11. Process Flow Diagram



2.12. Flow Chart of activities during construction and operation phase

2.12.1. During Construction Phase

Figure 12. Activities involved in Construction Phase



2.12.2. During Operation Phase

Figure 13. Activities involved in Operation Phase

2.13. Environmental issues in the projectTable 11. Environmental issue and their control system

S.no. Activities Associated issues Control System

1. nAir Pollution

Operation of DG sets, process reactor.

-Generation of Particulate Matter, SO2 & NO2, Process emission, Flue gases, HCl, etc.-Process emissions will be from the vents attached to the process reactor, from which pollutants/gases SO2, VOC & HCl will be released in the form of flue gases which will degrade the ambient air quality of the area by increasing GLC and may cause eye irritation and acute respiratory illness to the people nearby.-Leakage of chemicals may result in emission of VOCs in the air environment which may cause

Detail is given at section 2.16

Loading and Unloading or raw material

Manufacturing Process

Operation of Machinery

Transportation (raw material, finished product &

solid waste

Office and labour activities



irritation in eyes, nose and throat, difficulty breathing and nausea.-Odour may negatively affect the psychological/ aesthetics stability of the nearby population.

2. Noise Pollution

Operation of Machineries and Equipments- STP, ETP, DG sets, Pumps, manufacturing process reactors and other machineries etc

-During the manufacturing process, noise and vibration may be generated from the reactors and the machineries which may cause speech interference, annoyance, hearing impairment, headache and disturbance of peace of mind in the workers.

Transportation of staffs, raw material, waste, finished product

-Due to transportation of materials and machinery for installation high levels of noise may be generated which may cause physiological & psychological effects on workers like annoyance, speech interference, headache, Auditory impact, increase in heartbeat of elderly people.


3. Water Pollution

Generation of industrial effluent and domestic wastewater from industrial and domestic use by staff.

-Improper disposal of waste generated may affect the quality of groundwater. The waste water if not properly disposed off, then it can deteriorate the surface water quality of nearby water bodies by increase in the no. of pathogens, BOD, COD, TSS, and making water unfit for consumption.-Spillage of oil & chemicals, if in any case encounters with water bodies can deteriorate the groundwater & surface water body, which in turn may affect aquatic life also.


4. Solid waste, Hazardous waste and Non-Hazardous waste

Daily activities of the staff and workers.

Biodegradable Waste generation may lead to odour problems if not stored properly.

Operation of the industrial activity will

-Chemical degradation of soil may occur due to disposal of solid waste on the soil or spillage of chemicals on soil.




generate the process residue

-Process residues will be generated which is hazardous and may cause harm if it comes into contact with skin.

Operation of DG sets, will result in the generation of used oil.

Chemical Degradation of soil may if any spillage/leakage occur.

2.14. Water & Waste water managementDuring installation phase: Total water required during installation phase will be 10 KLD which shall be taken from Tanker water supply. 2 KLD of water shall be used for drinking water for construction labour and 8 KLD of water shall be used for construction purposes. Approximately 1.6 KLD domestic wastewater will be generated which will be discharged to soak pits via septic tanks.

During Operation phase: Source of water-. Borewell (Applied copy at CGWB attached in Section D)

Total water required will be 140.3 KLD out of which 3.3 KLD will be treated water which will be used in gardening and Cooling tower and 137 KLD will be fresh water which will be used in the water scrubber unit, domestic & washing. Waste water generated from the washing & cooling tower of 2.0 KLD will be treated in ETP of capacity 5 KLD & 1.8 KLD of domestic waste-water shall be treated in STP of 2 KLD. and the by-product (Hydrochloric acid (30%)) from the water scrubber unit will be sold to M/s Grasim Industries Ltd. Plant will be zero-liquid discharge.

Table 12. Water Management

S. No. Particulars Factor Total water requirement (KLD)

Waste water generation (KLD)

1 Domestic (manpower-45) 45 LPCD 2 1.8

2 Process water- Water from scrubbing unit (for Scrubbing) for 30% HCl production

190 TPD *0.7 (70% of HCl is water)

133 0

3 Washing water - 2.0 1.5



4 Gardening - 1.3 0

5 Cooling Tower - 2 0.5

Total 140.3 KLD 3.8 KLD

Figure 14. Water Balance

2.14.1. Scheme of ETP & Technical SpecificationsWaste water of 1.8 KLD will be generated which will be treated in STP -2 KLD. The technology for treatment of waste-water is MBBR technology.

The sewage treatment plant (MBBR) shall be installed to treat the raw sewage having the following characteristics:

Technology of MBBR Process:

● Biofilm Carrier element.● Stay in suspension in the reactor.● Provide very large effective biofilm surface area, where the treatment takes

place



● Standard waste water treatment plant configuration is two or more reactors in series, followed by a settling chambers and/ or tertiary treatment unit.

● It is an advanced High rate waste-water treatment process.● High Treatment Efficiency● Low capital, Operation, Maintenance and replacement cost.

The characteristics of raw sewage and the characteristics required for the treated water will be as given in Table below.

Raw waste-water Characteristics

Table 13. Raw wastewater characteristics

Flow KLD 2.3

pH - 3.5- 5.0

BOD mg/l 200-250

COD mg/l 300-400

TSS mg/l 100-150

Treated Sewage Characteristics

Table 14. Treated Sewage Characteristics

pH - 6.5-8.5

BOD mg/l <10

COD mg/l <50

TSS mg/l <20

Design Criteria

Treatment Process:

The wash water will be neutralized in the neutralization tank and then goes to the equalization tank. In the equalization tank both sewage and waste-water will be collected. From equalization tank waste-water will be pumped to MBBR.



MBBR Process is a process that threats the sewage / wastewater in the smallest possible reactor with the help of free floating media which occupies active biomass. The salient feature of MBBR Process offered by us includes:

● Small footprint area● Shall easily upgrade without any civil modification or additional civil work● Suits perfectly with any shape of reactor● High surface area media used in the process last for a long period● Low energy requirement due to the use of high efficiency advanced diffused

aeration system

Benefits

● Compact footprint● Expandable● Durable non-clogging media● Stable process● Lower sludge volume with DAF clarifier● Lower power consumption● Ease of operation

Figure 15. Schematic Diagram of ETP



2.14.2. Rain Water Harvesting

RAIN WATER HARVESTING

The main source of ground water recharging in the study area is rainwater, which infiltrates into the ground through various lithological units present in the study area. 2 no. of rain water harvesting pits will be installed. The runoff from the rooftop shall go to the recharge pits.

Scheme for Ground Water Recharging

The rainwater will be diverted from the rooftop using rain water pipes to the surface/underground drainage network. The rainwater is diverted into the desilting tank to remove inorganic impurities and the outflow of the desilting tank is taken into the recharge well.

● Desilting Tank

The desilting tanks will be used to remove silt and other floating impurities from rainwater. Desilting tank is like an ordinary container having provision for the inflow, outflow and overflow. Apart from removing silt it holds the excess amount of water till it is soaked up by the recharge structure. The bottom of the tank will have unpaved surface (layers of coarse sand) to allow standing water to percolate into the soil. The rainwater collected in these desilting chambers shall be utilized for horticulture.

● Recharge well

The recharge well will consist of percolation pits with 3 mm diameter boreholes in the middle of the pit. UPVC pipe of 160 mm diameter perforated will be lowered in the middle of the boreholes and the pit will be filled with gravel and pebbles in three layers of 400 mm each consisting of boulders, gravel and coarse sand. The mouth of the UPVC pipe shall be protected to avoid silt getting into it. The depth of the bore will depend on the soil condition/water strata.

It should be therefore concluded that there is no significant impact on surface water quality & hydrology of the area. The proposed rainwater-harvesting scheme will stabilize the groundwater table in the area.

Rain Water Harvesting Calculation:

SOIL QUALITY : Sandy Loam



INFILTRATION RATE : 15.2 mm/hr ANNUAL RAINFALL : 798 mm PEAK HOURLY RAINFALL : 90 mm GROUND WATER LEVEL : 18 m BGLNUMBER OF PITS : 2 nos.DIAMETER OF PITS : 3 mDEPTH OF PITS : 2 m Volume of each pit : 21.195 m3

Total Pit Volume (2 pits) : 42.39 m3

Table 15. Rain water harvesting Details

S. No.Description of Area

Area Considered (m2)

Harvesting Factor/ Collection Efficiency per area

Designed basis depth in mm for recharge tank on infiltration rate for 20 mins.)

Designing of rain water harvesting (m3)

1 Roof Top 1415.026 0.9 30 38.20

Figure 16. Schematic Diagram of Rainwater Harvesting Pit



2.15. Air Emission ManagementDuring installation phase: Water sprinkling shall be done in the nearby area where dust generation is anticipated. No loose soil, Construction & Demolition Waste or any other construction material that causes dust shall be left uncovered. Construction material and waste will be stored at the specified area earmarked for the storage. Road side storage of construction materials and waste shall be prohibited.

During Operation Phase

2.15.1. Point Source Emission Control

The proposed project shall produce Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (CPP) and Hydrochloric Acid from raw materials like Liquid Paraffin and Chlorine gas. The by-product i.e. Hydrochloric Acid fugitive in nature which could affect the air environment due to its corrosive/harmful fumes.

Sources of emissions into the air environment would be DG Sets, Chlorine Gas from Reactor, HCl fumes from Degasser and HCl fumes from Storage areas. Therefore, control of HCl fumes and Chlorine gas shall be maintained in 25 feet block condenser of graphite block and coolers of graphite block for control of HCl fumes. HCl vapor gas from the reactor is passed on separator and from separator to graphite bloc absorber. Conversion of HCl gas into HCl involves generation of heat & water is circulated for control of this heat from the cooling tower. It is observed that absorption of gas into liquid HCl is maximum below 55° C of temperature at absorbers is kept below 55° C.

HCl Vapor + H2O = HCl (Liquid) + Heat

Two absorbers are employed in series so that entire HCl gases are converted into HCl liquid. The outlet of absorber No. 2 is sent to a bubbling tank where in cold water is kept ready and by bubbling and bubbling further HCl gas is converted in dilute HCl Acid.

The gases from the reactor consist of HCl gases and approximately 3% untreated chlorine. HCl gases are almost absorbed in graphite absorbers blocks 1 & 2 and balance if any, in bubbling tank. Chlorine is only slightly soluble in water when it reacts with pure water, a weak solution of hydrochloric and hypochlorous acid is formed. Hydrochlorous acid further dissociates to HCl and nascent oxygen. Non-



reacted chlorine from each bubbling tank is sent in an inverted dome covered floating vessel in a pit where chlorine is stored and sent for sodium hypo formation or neutralization.

2.15.1.1. Details of air emissions and control measuresTable 16. Details of air emissions and control measures

Source of air pollution Mitigation Measures

DG set back up: 2x125 kVA Maintenance of stack height of 2.4 m above roof level

Chlorine gas emissions from reactor Controlled using hood and recirculating back to chlorine gas evaporator

HCl fumes from Degasser Re-circulation of HCl fumes to water scrubber using closed circuit

Excess HCl fumes from storage Supply to M/s Grasim Industries Ltd. for neutralization/Sodium Hypo-chloride formation through pipeline.

2.15.2. Fugitive Emissions/VOCs.Emission of solvent vapour is a potential problem from the blending and mixing vessels used for solvent based products in material handling and pumping.

1. All these vessels shall be equipped with condensers connected to the Chilled water (4-50C) and Brine solution (-220 C) for effective recovery of solvents. VOCs emitted in the process will be channelized with solvent recovery plant.

2. Reactors will be provided with mechanical seals.

3. Solvent handling pumps will be provided with mechanical seals. Solvents shall be transferred in closed line and added in the vessel by side wall wetting. It ensures no vapor generation during transfer operation.

4. The traces of vapour generated in the vessel shall be sent to the water scrubber.

5. Good Housekeeping will be done as per OHSAS.



6. Storage areas will be provided with Common water scrubber.

7. Frequent work area monitoring.

2.15.3. Odour Control

1. All reactor vents shall be equipped with condensers to trap emissions.

2. All reactors/storage tanks will be connected with water scrubbers. Reactor agitator and scrubber blower will be interlocked to ensure scrubber running during manufacturing activity. By-product Hydrochloric Acid (30%) shall be channelized to M/s Grasim Industries.

3. Chemicals shall be transferred in closed systems from bulk tanks to avoid fugitive emissions.

4. Chemicals from drums will be transferred inside the toxic cabin which is connected with a water scrubber. Respirator will be used by the operator during transfer to avoid odour nuisance.

5. Area will be properly ventilated.

2.15.4. Impact of the transport of the raw material & vehicular pollution control & its ManagementFor transportation of raw material & products, trucks and tempo shall be used. Traffic to the different sites during construction/installation will be more intensive and much heavier than at present in normal operating conditions. Dust and emission from movement of vehicles are likely to cause some impacts on the working population within the immediate vicinity of the project site. In turn, it will subject existing roads to more stress. To control the impact, dust suppression systems (water spray) will be used as per requirement at the construction site. Construction materials will be fully covered during transportation to the project site by road. Vehicle flow during shift changes are regulated by allowing exits in a phased manner. The storage of the raw material & products will be in Leak Proof MS Tanks while transporting through trucks & tankers. The present road conditions are reasonably good for proposed movement of traffic. Preventive maintenance is being carried out for vehicles and pollution checks on a periodic basis.



2.16. Solid & Hazardous waste ManagementDuring Construction Phase: Solid waste of 4.5 kg/day shall be generated from construction labours which shall be then disposed off at the Solid Waste Disposal site. Used oil whenever generated shall be given to authorized hazardous waste recyclers.

During operation phase:

Solid Waste

Table 17. Details of solid waste

Category Type of Waste Disposal method Waste (in kg/day)

BioDegradable

Organic waste (Includes Food & Kitchen waste, leaves, etc.)

Organic waste shall be given to approved vendor

12

Non-Biodegradable

Recyclable Waste (Includes Poly-bags, Plastic, Metal, Wood, Paper, Glass, Containers, etc.)

Shall be sent to approved recycler

8

Total 20 kg/day(7 TPA)

2.16.1. Process Waste (Non- Hazardous)There will be no generation of non-hazardous process waste as the raw materials/input will consequently get circulated within the process chamber only for formation of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer and HCl fumes shall be scrubbed with water to produce Hydrochloric Acid and negligible Chlorine fumes from system shall be channelized to M/s Grasim Industries Limited for Sodium Hypochlorite production through pipeline



2.16.2. Hazardous WasteThere will be no generation of hazardous waste from the process in the proposed project. However, the used oil will be generated from the project site. Its quantity and disposal methods have been mentioned below:

Table 18. Details of Hazardous Waste

Type Quantity Disposal

Used Oil 10 lit/month(0.12 kL/annum)

Shall be given to authorized hazardous waste recycler as per Hazardous and other Waste (Management & Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

Process Waste 1 kg/day (0.3 Tons/annum)

Shall be sent to TSDF site for final disposal.

2.16.3. Waste Minimization

1. Metering and control of quantities of active ingredients to minimize waste.2. Use of automated filling to minimize spillage.3. Venting equipment through a vapour recovery system.4. Use of high pressure hoses for equipment clearing to reduce wastewater

generation.

2.17. Noise ManagementTo reduce Ambient Noise level the following measures will be adopted --

● Noise generating units like machinery area, canteen etc. will be well insulated with enclosed doors. Earmuffs will be used while running equipment of the Industry.

● Maintenance of vehicles and machinery will be done in a sustainable manner to ensure best performance and less loss.

● Vehicle and people flow during shift changes shall be regulated by allowing exits in a phased manner.



● The green belt will help in reducing noise levels in the complex as a result of attenuation of noise generated due to plant operations and transportation.

2.18. Parking ProvisionAdequate parking provision for 10 ECS will be provided on the surface. Also, separate loading & unloading areas shall be provided within the project premises. 19-20 trucks have been estimated per day.

2.19. Plantation & Green beltGreen belt/greenery will be developed along most of the periphery of the project area as well as along roads. Green area in the plot will be 1420.45 m2 (32.65% of plot area) along with vertical green. The following characteristics have been taken into consideration while selecting plant species for green belt development and tree plantation.

● They shall be fast growing and tall trees.

● They shall be perennial and evergreen.

● They shall have thick canopy cover.

● They shall have a large leaf area index.

Since tree trunks are devoid of foliage, scrub should form there to give coverage to the trunks. The trees will maintain regional ecological balance and conform to soil and hydrological conditions. Indigenous species would be preferred. Before planting of trees, seedlings, saplings, grass species, shrubs, soil preparation, soil amendments etc are to be undertaken well in advance. For proper survival and healthy growth of plant species a nursery is also maintained at the site. It is ensured that proper density of plants is maintained at site. Post plantation care is also necessary and will be maintained in a planned and scientific manner.

Trees Proposed

Total Green Area: 1420.45 m2 (32.65 % of plot area)

Number of Trees = 1420.45/5 m2 = 285

Total Number of trees proposed: 285



Table 19. List of tree species proposed

S. No. Botanical Name Common Name Number

1 Tectona grandis Teak 65

2 Artocarpus heterophyllus Kathal 25

3 Madhuca longifolia Mahua 35

4 Terminalia tomentosa Indian Laurel 30

5 Butea monosperma Palash 25

6 Shorea robusta Sal 70

7 Psidium guajava Guava 35

Total 285

Plantation Maintenance: Clearing other vegetation: it is important to clear or cut the unnecessary vegetation “Weed” regularly. This will help the required seeds to grow properly and increase the survival rate.

2.20. Safety Measures In ProjectSafety in design and operations are of paramount importance. We will be taking initiative to implement an integrated process safety management system for all existing processes and for new developments. Following initiatives considered:

● Process Safety Information (PSI) for all products● Process Hazard Analysis (PHA) for all products● Equipment safety study

Safety in Design

Following are the strategies to improve the safety of the people and plant:

● Use of proven technologies and equipment.● Use of latest safety process know-how.● Modern risk assessment techniques to design effective safeguarding systems

for all critical locations in the process.



● Design plant in accordance with applicable codes and standards and maintain standard engineering practices during detailed engineering

● Pressure relief valves in all pressure vessels. ● Occupational Health● Fixed detection system with alarms and data logging● Trained personnel made fully aware of the hazards of process and operations.

Personnel must also be informed of the health hazards● Minimize unnecessary exposure to airborne contaminants and direct exposure

to chemical hazards● Emergency showers and eyewash facilities at appropriate locations● Health surveillance programs.

Chemical Storage

● Chemicals shall be kept away from heat, sparks, and flame. Kept away from sources of ignition stored in a tightly closed container.

● Chemicals will be stored in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from incompatible substances. Specific storage will be given as per chemicals storage requirement.

● Storage & handling area will be readily accessible with safety showers, fire extinguishers and other fire-fighting equipment, water hydrants with spray nozzles and other emergency equipment such as chemical proof suits and respiratory apparatus.

● The flammable materials shall be stored in a separate safety storage room. Kept away from heat. Kept away from sources of ignition. Containers will be kept tightly closed and in a cool, well-ventilated place.

● Operating procedures will be in place with appropriate training.

Fire Safety

● Smoking will be prohibited● Vehicle access is strictly controlled.● Ventilation will be sufficient to cope with the maximum expected vapour

levels in building.● Storage tank vents to the atmosphere will be sized for fire-heated emergency

vapour release.● Electrical equipment will be explosion-proof to meet national electrical code

requirements.



● Dry chemical extinguishers will be accessible for small fires. An adequate supply of handheld and wheeled types shall be available.

● Hydrants shall be strategically placed with adequate hoses.● Small spills shall be remediated with sand, earth, or other non-combustible

absorbent material, and the area then flushed with water. Larger spills will be diluted with water and diked for later disposal.

● Lighting grounded. Tall vessels and structures will be fitted with lightning conductors that are securely grounded.

2.21. Project Cost And Implementation ScheduleThe total cost of the project is Rs. 7.65 Crores. The proposed project will take operational after 12- 15 months after getting Environmental clearance and consent order from SPCB.

2.22. Occupational Health and SafetyAction plan for the implementation of OHS standards as per OHSAS/NIOSH/ACGIH shall be followed as given below:

• Occupational health surveillance programmes shall be done six monthly & and their records will be maintained.

• At the project site, an emergency First Aid facility will be provided. A room will be provided separately with provision of bed and an experienced doctor.

• Health check-up camps will be organized on a regular basis at company dispensary / nearby locations for nearby people to evaluate exposure of the workers to chemicals during pre-placement and periodic medical monitoring.

• Prior to working with chemicals, workers will be trained on its proper handling & storage and its MSDS.

• Proper medical facility arrangements will be provided in case of any accidental release.

• Label Precautions and First Aid facility will be provided.• Emergency plans will be prepared and mock drills of the on-site emergency

will be conducted. • Employers and employees will be made aware of the hazardous properties of

materials in their workplaces, and the degree of hazard each poses.



• Inspection of the industrial activity will be done at least once a year and an annual status report on compliance with the Rules shall be submitted.

• An Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) Manager will be available, which handles all the safety issues related to man, machine & materials.

• Exterior refuge or safe areas include parking lots, open fields or streets which will be located away from the site of the emergency are present and which provide sufficient space to accommodate the employees.

Personal Protective Equipment

The level of risk of exposure to particular chemicals will dictate the appropriate level of personal protective equipment (PPE) required such as side shielded safety spectacles and appropriate gloves, footwear, face shields, respiratory protection, fire-resistant clothing, or chemical suits.

● Respirators: A complete respiratory protection program will be instituted. It includes evaluations of workers’ abilities to perform tasks while wearing CPC, Regular training of personnel, Fit testing, Periodic environmental monitoring, Regular maintenance, inspection, and cleaning.

● Clothing: Workers wear appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin exposure.

● Skin Protection: Workers wear solvent resistant gloves and clothing.● Eye Protection: Workers wear splash proof chemical goggles and face shield

when working with liquid, unless full face piece respiratory protection is worn.● Eyewash facility and a safety shower: Common workplaces are equipped

with an Eyewash facility and a safety shower.● Exposure limit for worker health is not mentioned in OSHA PEL 8-hour TWA

(ST) STEL (C) Ceiling for Chlorine gas and HCl fumes. However, HCl fumes generated as by-product shall not be stored and directly channelized to M/s Grasim Industries Pvt. Ltd. for neutralization/ Sodium hypo-chlorite production through pipeline.

2.22.1. Safety In Work Environment For Worker Health

Table 20. Details of Hazardous chemicals, their storage & threshold quantity



S.No. Chemical Nature of Chemical (Schedule I & III)

Storage Quantity

Threshold Quantity (as per MSIHC Rules, 1989)

1. Diesel (fuel) Highly-Inflammable 1 KL 2500 tonnes

2. Hydrochloric Acid (ByProduct)

Hazardous 400 tonnes Not considered

3. Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (Product)

- 500 MT -

Raw Material1. Liquid Paraffin Inflammable 500 MT2. Chlorine Toxic-Group 2 18 tonnes 25 tonnes 3. Epoxy Plasticizer

(Heat Stabilizer)- 10 MT -

4. UVITEX (brightener)

- 25 Kg -

The chemicals which are stored more than the threshold quantities are considered a major accident hazard.1. Fuel oil (LDO/HFO), used as supportive fuel is classified as Highly Flammable liquid as its flash point remains within 30 ̊C– 90 ̊C. Its threshold quantity is 2500 tonnes.2. Chlorine is a toxic gas and its threshold quantity is 25 tonnes. A substantial release will then form a vapour cloud. As the cloud travels under the influence of wind, it disperses and its concentration becomes further diluted and at some distance concentration becomes non-hazardous.3. Hydrochloric Acid, sodium hypochlorite are hazardous chemicals but are not included in Schedule-III for MSIHC Rules, 1989

Worker Health Checkup Plan

Suntek Plasticizer Pvt. Ltd. is committed to take care of the health of its employees. Company will be conducting pre-employment and post-employment medical tests for its employees besides various educative and awareness programs on health and safety. A full-time medical assistance centre will be always available to its employees to carry out any first aids..

Pre-Employment Tests: Any employee who joins the F&R Plant goes under company prescribed pre-employment medical examination tests from a MBBS qualified doctor. The medical fitness reports will be required to be submitted on or



before joining the organization. If some new employee reports for his/her joining without a Medical Examination and fitness report; he/she will not be allowed to join until the Medical Examination and fitness report is produced to the HR department. Such incidents will also be reported to the HR Head.

Annual / Bi-annual Medical Tests: Annual / Bi-annual Medical tests will be conducted in the months of January and July respectively. All those employees who will be exposed to hazardous raw materials / processes, will be examined twice a year. Presently, following departments are involved in hazardous process and covered for medical examination:

● Production● EHS● Quality Control● Mechanical ● Electrical● Instrumentation● Packing

Apart from the employees of above-mentioned departments, employees of other departments will also be covered for medical examination if they are also exposed to hazardous processes due to any reason. The cost of pre-employment and during employment medical examination will be borne by the company.

Exposure of workers to Raw Materials and safety Measures:

All our concerned employees will be given shop floor and classroom awareness training on hazardous raw materials that will be used. The MSDS data of raw materials will also be shared with them for their knowledge and awareness. This detailed data will also be made available in medical centres for everybody's information.

Following is the list of Medical Tests / occupational health surveillance program for employees.

Table 21. List of Medical Tests

Proposed PracticePost-Employment Medical TestsS.No. Pre-Employment

Medical Tests Annual Medical Tests Bi-Annual Medical Tests(July-August)



(January- February every year)

1. Physical Examination:1. Chest

Examination2. Weight3. Height4. Pulse5. B.P.

Physical Examination:1. Chest Examination2. Weight3. Height4. Pulse5. B.P.

Physical Examination1. Chest Examination2. Weight3. Height4. Pulse5. B.P.

2 Urine Routine Examination-Physical Examination-Macroscopic Examination

Urine Routine Examination-Physical Examination -Macroscopic Examination

N.A.

3 Haematology -Haemoglobin -TLC -DLC -Polymorphs -Lymphocytes -Eosinophils -Monocytes -ESR (Wintrobe)

haematology -Haemoglobin -TLC -DLC -Polymorphs -Lymphocytes -Eosinophils -Monocytes -ESR (Wintrobe)

N.A

4 Liver Function Tests (LFT)(For those workers only directly exposed to chemicals)

Liver Function Tests (LFT) (For those workers only directly exposed to chemicals)

N.A.

5 Chest X-pay P.A. View Chest X-pay P.A. View N. A6 Vision test for near & far Vision test for near & far Vision test for near & far7 Blood Sugar Blood Sugar N.A.8 ECG ECG N.A.9 Blood Group Blood Group N.A.10 Ultrasound (Abdomen) N. A N.A.11 Spirometry Test Spirometry Test N.A. 12 Colour Blindness Test Colour Blindness Test Colour Blindness Test

2.22.2. Plan and Budget for Occupational health and Safety

Table 22. Plan & Budget for occupational health & safety



S. No. DescriptionAmount(Rupees in Lacs)

1

Workers will be subjected to primary health check-up before they are employed to ascertain their health conditions. Thereafter, Regular Medical check-up & First Aid facility will be organized for workers to evaluate the adverse impact if any on these persons due to proposed activity. Occupational health surveillance programmes shall be done six monthly. A safety officer / environmental officer shall be recruited. 2

2

Infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom, canteen etc. shall be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during the operation phase. 2

3Workers will be provided with masks, gloves, goggles & ear muffs will be provided. 2

4 Covered transportation of vehicles. 1

5 Insurance for worker & Tie up with ESI Hospital 1

Total Rs. 8 lacs

Public health and safety

Table 23. Public health and safety

Sr. No. Impact Mitigation Amount (In Lacs)

1 Health and Safety

● Health Check-up camps shall be organized.● Support to the primary Health centre.● Public addressing system

2

Total 2 Lacs

3. Description of Environment 3.1. Introduction To cover environmental baseline studies, following aspects have been covered: -

The baseline data is generated through field study within the impact zone (Core Zone and Buffer Zone) for various components of the environment viz. Air, Noise, Soil,



Water, Land, Ecology and Socioeconomic. The baseline environmental studies have been done for Post-Monsoon Season (October 2019- December 2019) by M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt Ltd. in a study area of 10 km radius from the project site. While generating the baseline status of the physical and biological environment of the study area, the concept of impact zone has been considered. The impact zone selection is based on preliminary screening and modelling studies. The data collection had been done as given below:

● Field Survey and site visit● Primary monitoring of key environmental parameters like Air, Noise, Soil,

Water, Land, Ecology and Socio Economic survey during the post monsoon season

● Consultation with local people, government departments such as the Forest department, Panchayats etc.

● Literature review on secondary information available for the study area

3.2. Base maps of the area 3.2.1. Google Image of the Project Site Map showing Study area & Close view of the study area with 1 km Buffer radius is already given at section no. 2.3 & 2.3.1

3.2.2. Topographical mapTopographical Map with 10 km radius is already given at section no. 2.3.2

3.2.3. DEM mapDEM Map with 10 km radius is given in Section 3.9.1

3.2.4. Village map Village Map with 10 km radius is given below:



Figure 17. Village Map showing villages in study area

3.3. Methodology of baseline data collection

Table 24. Methodology of baseline Chapter

S.No. Functional Area Methodology1. Micro-Meteorological Data Site specific Micro-Meteorological Data has been used for

the study. The important parameters considered are temperature, humidity & wind speed.

2. Ambient Air Quality The ambient air quality monitoring was done to assess the ambient air quality in the Post Monsoon season (Oct.- Dec 19). The guidelines for selections of ambient air monitoring stations given in IS – 5182 part 14, 2000 were followed.



3. Water Quality To assess the water quality of the proposed area, Grab, Composite sampling done for water sample collection. Water samples were taken as per the Standard Methods (IS & APHA, 23rd Edition 2017). Necessary precautions were taken for the preservation of samples. The physical parameters viz. pH, temperature and conductivity were measured at site using a portable water analyser.

4. Ambient Noise Quality At each station noise level was monitored for 24-hours. For each measurement, dB (A) readings were taken for every 15 minutes for 24 hrs once in a season to get Leq values.

5. Soil Quality Augur method was used for soil sampling and samples were collected at 15 cm depth after removing the upper crust.

6. Topography, Land-form and Land Use

The land use/ land cover map has been generated on 1:50,000 scale using Satellite imagery, topographical maps, Survey of India and ground truth information.

7. Biological Environment Primary and secondary data collection has been done by the Ecology and Biodiversity team for the study of flora and fauna in the core and Buffer Zone.

8. Socio Economic Environment

For demography and socioeconomics, block wise data has been collected and used for the assessment of impacts.

3.4. Meteorology Before dwelling on the various aspects of air quality, it would be in the fitness of things to discuss the meteorological status of the area as the dispersion of fugitive emission depends largely on the meteorological conditions of the area. The selection of sampling stations is mainly guided by the predominant wind direction during the monitoring season in the area.

3.4.1. Climatic Conditions (As per the Indian Meteorological Data-Station Ranchi)The Important parameters considered are temperature, Humidity, Wind Speed, Wind Direction and Rainfall. The extract of Maximum, Minimum values (month wise) of above said parameters from Indian Meteorological data station, Ranchi Airport (2009 - 2018) are given Below in the tables:



3.4.2. Temperature The maximum temperature of the area was recorded as 42.8 ℃ in May (2009) whereas the minimum temperature of the area was recorded 4.0 ℃ in December, 2014. Data of the maximum and minimum temperature are given below.

Table 25. Temperature Record

Month Temperature (℃)Year HMax Year LMin Year MMax Year MMin

January 2015 27.2 2018 4.3 2009 25.4 2018 7.7February 2009 33.5 2015 7 2009 29.1 2015 12.2March 2016 38.7 2015 11 2018 32.9 2009 16.6April 2009,2016 42 2018 15.6 2016 39.5 2018 21May 2009 42.8 2018 18.1 2018 37 2009 23June 2014 41.4 2009 20.6 2009 36.5 2009,2018 23.9July 2015 35.4 2014 20.5 2015 30.1 2015 23.1August 2015 39.7 2015 21.3 2015 30.8 2014 22.8September

2018 33.2 2018 19.5 2009 30.7 2018 21.5

October 2018 33.5 2009 11.5 2018 30.3 2018 17.5November 2014 30.6 2009 7.3 2014 27.8 2014 12.2December 2009 28.6 2014 4 2014 25 2014 8.9

H max-Highest maximum, L min-Lowest minimum, M max- Mean max, L min-Lowest min, (Source: IMD, Station –Ranchi from 2009 -2018)



Figure 18. Highest Maximum Temperature

Figure 19. Mean Maximum Temperature

(Source: IMD, Station –Ranchi 2009- 2018)H max- Highest max, L min- Lowest min, Mmax- Mean max., M min- Mean min.



3.4.3. Relative Humidity From the data, The Maximum relative humidity was recorded as 91 % in December 2003. Minimum relative humidity was recorded as 18% in April 2000.

Table 26. Relative Humidity Record

Month Year Max Year MinJanuary 2015 78 2018 30February 2015 64 2009 27March 2014 57 2010 22April 2015 57 2010 16May 2009 59 2012 26June 2011 76 2009 47July 2018 89 2010 77August 2012,2019 89 2015 75September 2011 87 2010 75October 2010,2014 78 2018 53November 2010 74 2014 48December 2018 67 2014 47

(Source: IMD, Station- Ranchi from 2009-2018)

Figure 20. Maximum Humidity



Figure 21. Minimum Humidity

3.4.4. Rainfall The maximum rainfall was recorded in July (upto 380.8 mm) 2018. June, July, August & September are the wettest months and are considered as monsoon season. The average annual rainfall is 1010.6 mm.



Rainfall record

Table 27. Rainfall Record

Month Rainfall (mm)Year Max Year Min Average

January 2015 14.6 2009 7.7 7.9February 2014 37.4 2018 12.6 12.5March 2014 53 2018 1.2 22.8April 2018 38.9 2015 30.4 17.3May 2018 110.3 2014 19.6 70.4June 2014 266.8 2009 74.8 150.7July 2018 380.8 2009 125.6 280.1August 2018 272.1 2009 137.1 189.3September 2018 288.6 2009 85.6 182.5October 2014 82.2 2009 26.1 44.9November 2009 18.8 2014 0 9.4December 2018 68.4 2009,2014 0 22.8

(Source: IMD, Station- Ranchi from 2009-2018)

Figure 22. Maximum Rainfall



Figure 23. Minimum rainfall

3.4.5. Wind Speed Wind speed normally was in the range of 0.2 Km/hr to 4.8 Km/hr in January to December. Wind Speed Mean Maximum 4.8 Km/hr in April 2009 and Mean Minimum 0.1 in January (2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008), February (2000, 2001, 2006), April (2002), October (1999, 2001, 2008) & November (1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009).

Table 28. Wind speed

Wind Speed (km/hr)Month

YearMean Max Wind

speed (km/hr)Year

Mean Min Wind speed (km/hr)

January 2000, 2009 0.72003, 2005, 2006

, 2007,2008 0.1February 1999 1.6 2000, 2001, 2006 0.1March 1999 3.4 2000, 2006 0.3April 2009 4.8 2002 0.1

May 2009 3.82001, 2003, 2005,

2006, 2008 1June 2009 3.7 2006, 2008 0.6July 2002 3.5 2001 0.8August 2006 2.2 2005 0.9



September 2006 1.8 1999, 2000 0.2October 2008 1 1999, 2001, 2008 0.1

November2002, 2008,

20090.2

1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005,

2006, 2007, 2009 0.1

December 2008 0.3

1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005,

2006,2007, 2008 ,2009 0.2

Figure 24. Mean maximum wind speed

Figure 25. Mean minimum wind speed

3.4.6. Wind Direction Wind direction record

Table 29. Wind direction record



Month Direction CalmJanuary West 94.0%February West 80.0%March West 73.0%April West 66.0%May West 45.0%June West 49.0%July West 53.0%August East 59.0%September East 72.0%October East 89.0%November South West 98.0%December South West 98.0%

(Source: IMD, Station- Daltonganj from 1999 - 2009)

The predominant wind direction is towards the West. The season wise predominant wind directions are given below:

Table 30. Pre-dominant Wind direction

Winter Season West

Summer season WestPost Monsoon Season South-West

3.4.7. Micro-Meteorological Data A weather station was installed near the site for hourly monitoring of temperature, humidity, wind speed & wind direction for the month October 2019- December 2019. Average data is given below:

Table 31. Micro-Meteorological data

Temperature(oC) Humidity (%) Wind speed (m/s)

Month Max Min Mean Max Min Mean Max Min Mean

October 2019 - 31st October 2019 36 22 28.2 97 35 77 15 1 3.2

November 2019 - 30th November 2019 31 18 24.5 97 44 71.2 10 1 2.2



December 2019 -31st December 2019 36 18 25.6 98 35 72.5 9 1 1.7

Figure 26. Wind rose

3.5. Ambient Air QualityThe ambient air quality monitoring was done to assess the ambient air quality. Monitoring was carried out at Eight stations for the month of October 2019 - December 2019. The guidelines for selections of ambient air monitoring stations given in IS – 5182 parts 14, 2000 were followed. These guidelines state that, “when the objective of air sampling is to identify the contribution from specific sources of pollution, the sampling locations should be located in upwind and the downwind direction of such sources”.



3.5.1. Sampling Station Selection To select the air sampling locations, meteorological data with respect to temperature, relative humidity, wind speed and direction plays a vital role. Predominant wind direction plays an important role in determining location of monitoring stations. The monitoring stations were located in areas that were downwind from the source.

3.5.2. Ambient Air Sampling LocationsTable 32. Ambient Air Sampling Locations

Station No.

LocationDistance & Direction from project area

Project area / study area

Environmental Significance

A1 OnsiteLocated within the site, NW

Industrial area

A2 OnsiteLocated within the site, SE

Industrial area

Existing ambient air quality at core zone

A3 Aditya Birla Colony 0.26 km NNEResidential area

A4 Bishunpur 0.41 km WestResidential area

A5 Garwa Road 0.44 km SouthResidential area

A6 Dandila Kalan 0.52 km EastResidential area

A7 Dandila Khurd 0.85 km NNEResidential area

A8 Gordiha 1.35 km NNWResidential area

Existing air quality at Buffer Zone

The predominant wind direction is NW



Figure 27. Topographical Map of 2 km showing ambient air sampling locations

3.5.3. Sampling Procedure Respirable Dust Samplers were used to collect samples for PM10 and PM2.5 in ambient air at a flow rate of 1.2 m3 /min. The ambient air was sucked through the cyclone and filter paper by a blower. Samples of gases were drawn at a flow rate of 0.5 litres per minute and were analysed in the laboratory.

Monitoring was conducted in respect of the following parameters:

● Particulate Matter (PM10)● Particulate Matter (PM2.5) ● Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)



● Oxides of Nitrogen (NO2) ● Carbon Monoxide (CO)

This procedure was adopted because there are no short-term variations and low concentration of gaseous pollutants was expected.

3.5.4. Analytical methods followed for ambient air quality monitoring

● Particulate Matter (PM2.5) (USEPA Quality Assurance HandBook (Vol.II) Part II, Quality Assurance Guideline Document, 2.12): Particulate Matter (PM2.5) was analysed by the Gravimetric Method. Particulate matter was collected on the 37 mm diameter glass microfiber Filter Paper. PM2.5 value is determined from the values of volume of air passed through Ambient Fine Dust Sampler.

● Particulate Matter (PM10) (IS: 5182 Part 23:2006): Particulate Matter (PM10) was analysed by the Gravimetric Method. It was carried out by Respirable Dust sampler as per IS: 5182(Part 23):2006. Particulate matter was collected on the GF/A Filter Paper. Particles with aerodynamics diameter less than the cut-point of the inlet are collected by the filter. The mass of these particles is determined by the difference in filter weight prior to and after sampling.

● Sulphur dioxide (SO2) (IS: 5182; Part – II – 2001): Sulphur dioxide is absorbed by aspirating a measured air sample through a solution of Potassium or sodium tetrachloromercurate, TCM. This procedure results in the formation of a dichloro sulphite mercurate complex. The Sulphite Ion produced during sampling is reacted with sulphamic acid, formaldehyde and pararosaniline to form an azo dye and then determined colorimetrically.

● Nitrogen Oxides (IS: 5182; Part – VI – 2006): Nitrogen dioxide is collected by bubbling air through a sodium hydroxide- sodium arsenite solution to form a stable solution of sodium Nitrite. The Nitrite Ion Produced during sampling is reacted with hydrogen peroxide, Sulphanilamide and NEDA to form an azodye and then determined colorimetrically.

● Carbon monoxide (CO) (IS:5182; Part -10-1999): Samples containing Carbon monoxide in the range of 0 to 100 mg/m3 are analyzed on a non-dispersive infrared absorption gas analyser, namely, an electro-optical spectrophotometer with no spectral dispersion component. It may consist of a single or double source of infrared energy and one or more infrared detectors



separated by an optical cell or cells to one or more of which the sample flows, whereby the specific spectral absorption of the component of interest is determined.

3.5.5. Ambient Air Quality Results Table 33. Ambient Air Quality Results (PM10 & PM2.5)

Location Min Max98th Percentile Mean Min Max

98th Percentile Mean

PM2.5 (Standard- 60 μg/m3) PM10 (Standard- 100 μg/m3)

A1(Onsite NW) 25.94 39.47 37.58 32.33 52.35 76.49 73.01 63.46

A2(Onsite SE) 24.91 37.89 36.07 31.04 50.25 73.43 70.09 60.92

A3(Aditya Birla Colony) 30.10 45.78 43.25 37.51 60.72 88.73 84.70 73.61

A4(Bishunpur) 29.06 44.20 42.09 36.22 58.63 85.67 81.78 71.08

A5(Dandila Kalan) 31.13 47.36 45.09 38.80 62.81 91.79 87.62 76.15

A6(Dandila Khurd) 28.02 42.63 40.58 34.92 56.53 82.61 78.86 68.54

A7(Garwa Road) 32.17 48.94 46.60 40.10 64.91 94.85 90.54 78.69

A8(Gordiha) 26.98 41.05 39.08 33.63 54.44 79.55 75.94 66.00

(Source of Standards: G.S.R 826(E) dated 16th November 2009 of MoEF, Laboratory engaged: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd. (NABL Accredited)



Figure 28. Graph showing mean concentration of PM10 & PM2.5

Table 34. Ambient Air Quality Results of SO2 & NO2

Location Min Max98th

Percentile Mean Min Max98th

Percentile Mean

SO2 (Standard- 80 μg/m3) NO2 (Standard- 80 μg/m3)

A1(Onsite NW) 7.23 11.34 10.96 9.34 16.44 24.74 23.56 20.94

A2(Onsite SE) 6.94 10.89 9.94 8.97 15.78 23.75 22.62 20.1


A4(Bishunpur) 8.10 12.7 11.69 10.46 18.41 27.71 26.39 23.45

A5(Dandila Kalan) 8.67 13.61 12.53 11.21 19.73 29.69 28.93 25.12

A6(Dandila Khurd) 7.81 12.25 11.83 10.09 17.75 26.72 25.44 22.62

A7(Garwa Road) 8.96 14.06 13.58 11.58 20.38 30.68 29.21 25.96



A8(Gordiha) 7.52 11.79 10.86 9.71 17.1 25.73 24.50 21.77

(Source of Standards: G.S.R 826(E) dated 16th November 2009 of MoEF, Laboratory engaged: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt.Ltd. (NABL Accredited)

Figure 29. Graph showing mean concentrations of SO2 & NO2

Table 35. Ambient Air Quality Results of CO & TVOC

Location Min Max98th Percentile Mean Min Max

98th Percentile Mean

CO (Standard- 2 mg/m3) TVOC

A1(Onsite NW) 0.49 0.74 0.68 0.63 0.015 0.023 0.022 0.02

A2(Onsite SE) 0.47 0.71 0.69 0.60 0.015 0.022 0.021 0.019


A4(Bishunpur) 0.55 0.83 0.79 0.7 0.017 0.026 0.025 0.022

A5(Dandila Kalan) 0.59 0.89 0.79 0.75 0.018 0.028 0.027 0.023



A6(Dandila Khurd) 0.53 0.80 0.78 0.68 0.017 0.025 0.024 0.021

A7(Garwa Road) 0.61 0.92 0.88 0.78 0.019 0.029 0.026 0.024

A8(Gordiha) 0.51 0.77 0.69 0.65 0.016 0.024 0.023 0.02

Figure 30. Graph showing mean concentration of CO & TVOC

Impact Prediction Of Point And Nonpoint Emission On Ambient Air Quality

The emissions from the sources spread or disperse in the air and cause increase in the pollution level in ambient air. This causes an increase in Ground Level Concentration (GLC). This increase in GLC can be predicted for proposed project using Air Dispersion Modelling. In this study, AERMOD developed by Lakes Environmental Inc. is used to calculate incremental Ground Level concentrations (GLC) for the proposed sources of air pollution in the current expansion, for Particulate emissions, Gaseous emissions (NO2 & SO2 ).

From the results generated by AERMOD in the form of Isopleth and results show that the post-project air quality for PM10, PM2.5, CO, SO2 & NO2 is within the limits for the core zone and buffer zone as per the Ambient Air Quality standard NAAQS. The maximum GLC will not have a significant impact on environment/ ambient air quality



on sensitive receptors of the project. The detailed Air Modelling report is given in Section D.

3.5.6. Air Quality Index The table given below shows the Air Quality Index (AQI) range & category:

Figure 31. Air Quality Index

Table 36. AQI

LocationHighest Sub-

Index Parameter AQI Value AQI

A1 (Onsite NW) PM10 63 Satisfactory

A2 (Onsite SE) PM10 61 Satisfactory

A3 (Aditya Birla Colony) PM10 74 Satisfactory

A4 (Bishunpur) PM10 71 Satisfactory

A5 (Dandila Kalan) PM10 76 Satisfactory

A6 (Dandila Khurd) PM10 69 Satisfactory

A7 (Garwa Road) PM10 79 Satisfactory



A8 (Gordiha) PM10 66 Satisfactory

3.5.7. Data Interpretation The ambient air quality results are summarized in the above tables.

Core zone

Post Monsoon season (Oct19-Dec19): The mean value of PM10 ranges from (60.92-63.46 µg/m3) & PM2.5 ranges from (36.07-37.58 µg/m3), SO2 ranges from (8.97-9.34 µg/m3), NO2 ranges from (20.10-20.94 µg/m3) & CO ranges from (0.68-0.69 mg/m3) which are within the limits of National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS).

As per the Air Quality Index by CPCB the air quality of the core zone is found to be Satisfactory.

Buffer zone:

Post Monsoon season (October 2019-December 2019): The mean value of PM10 ranges from (68.54-78.69 µg/m3), PM2.5 ranges from (36.22-40.10 µg/m3), SO2 ranges from (9.71-13.58 µg/m3), NO2 ranges from (21.77-25.96 µg/m3), CO ranges from (0.65-0.88 mg/m3) which are within the limits of National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS). As per the Air Quality Index by CPCB the air quality of the buffer zone is found to be Satisfactory.

3.6. Noise Level

3.6.1. Methodology At each station noise level was monitored for 24-hours simultaneously. For each measurement, dB (A) readings were taken for every 15 minutes for 24 hrs ones in a season to get Leq values.As per CPCB guidelines, the site of an area shall be selected such that it meets the land use pattern e.g. Commercial, Residential, Industrial. To assess the noise level of the proposed area, following stations were selected.

3.6.2. Ambient Noise Sampling StationTable 37. Ambient Noise Sampling Station



S. No. LocationDistance & Direction from project area

Project area / study area


N1 Onsite (NW) Located within site Industrial Area

N2 Onsite (SE) Located within site Industrial Area

Existing Ambient Noise quality at core zone

N3 Aditya Birla Colony 0.26 km NNE Residential Area

N4 Bishunpur 0.41 km West Residential Area

N5 Dandila Kalan 0.52 km East Residential Area

N6 Dandila Khurd 0.85 km NNE Residential Area

N7 Garwa Road 1.05 km South Residential Area

N8 Gordiha 1.35 km NNW Residential Area

N9 Approach Road 0.48 km WSW Commercial Area

N10 NH-75 0.45 km SSW Commercial Area

Existing Ambient Noise quality at Buffer zone



Figure 32. Topographical Map of 2 km showing ambient noise sampling location

3.6.3. Results and Discussion Table 38. Ambient noise quality results

Day time (6.00 A.M to 10.00P.M)

Night time (10.00 P.M to

6.00A.M)

S. No. Locations Zone

Leq Day noise level

dB(A)

Leq Night noise level

dB(A)

Standard (Leq in dB(A)

Standard (Leq in dB(A)



Core zone noise quality

N1 Onsite NW Industrial Area 63.3 57.2 75 70

N2 Onsite SE Industrial Area 61.8 56.9 75 70

Buffer zone noise quality

N3Aditya Birla

Colony Residential Area 53.2 45.8 55 45

N4 Bishunpur Residential Area 52.1 46.2 55 45

N5 Dandila Kalan Residential Area 53.4 45.9 55 45

N6 Dandila Khurd Residential Area 54.6 46 55 45

N7 Garwa Road Residential Area 56.7 44.6 55 45

N8 Gordiha Residential Area 53.3 44.5 55 45

N9 App RoadDandila Khurd

Road 65.7 55.3 65 55

N10 NH- 75Ranchi to Garwa

Road 68.3 61.2 65 55 (Source of Standards: CPCB standards for Noise Pollution (Regulation & control) Rules, Laboratory: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd. (NABL Accredited) *Bold values shows the values exceeding the standard

The Ambient Noise Quality results are summarized above. The results are discussed below:

Post Monsoon Season (Oct19-Dec19)

Core Zone (Industrial Area): N1 & N2: The ambient noise level during day time at the proposed project site varies from 61.8 dB (A) to 63.3 dB (A) which are within the standard limit of Industrial area ~ 75 dB (A). During night the noise level at the project site ranges from 56.9 dB (A) to 57.2 dB (A) which are within the standard limit of Industrial area 70.0 dB (A).

Buffer Zone:

Residential Area:

N3: The ambient noise level at Aditya Birla Colony is 53.2 dB(A) which is within the daytime noise standard limit of Residential area of ~ 55.0 dB(A). During night the noise level was recorded 45.8 dB(A) which is higher than the night-time noise



standard limit of ~ 45.0 dB(A). The increased noise level is due to vehicular activity at NH-75 and approach road which is nearby to the village.

N4: The noise level at Bishunpur is 52.1 dB(A) which is within the day time noise standard limit of ~ 55 dB(A). During night the noise level was recorded 46.2 dB(A) which is higher than the night-time noise standard limit of ~ 45 dB(A). The increased noise level is due to vehicular activity in village road and Industrial area which is nearby to the village.

N5: The ambient noise level at Dandila Kalan is 53.4 dB(A) which is within the daytime noise standard limit of Residential area of ~ 55.0 dB(A). During night the noise level was recorded 45.9 dB(A) which is slightly higher than the night-time noise standard limit of ~ 45.0 dB(A). The increased noise level is due to residential activity in the village.

N6: The ambient noise level at Dandila Khurd is 54.6 dB(A) which is within the daytime noise standard limit of Residential area are ~ 55.0 dB(A). During night the noise level was recorded 46.0 dB(A) which is higher than the night-time noise standard limit of ~ 45.0 dB(A). The increased noise level is due to vehicular activity at approach road nearby to the village.

N7: The noise level at Garwa Road is 56.7 dB(A) which is higher than the daytime noise within standard limit of ~ 55 dB(A). During night the noise level was recorded 44.6 dB(A) which is within the night-time noise standard limit of ~ 45 dB (A). The increased noise level is due to residential activity as the location is densely populated, vehicular activity at Garwa road and Garwa Road Railway Station.

N8: The noise level at Gordiha is 53.3 dB(A) which is within the daytime noise standard limit of Residential area of ~ 55.0 dB(A). During night the noise level is 44.5 dB(A) which is within the standard limit of Residential area 45.0 dB(A).

Commercial Area:

N9: The noise level of Approach Road is 65.7 dB(A) which is slightly higher than the standard limit of the commercial area of ~65 dB(A). During night the noise level is 55.3 dB(A) which is also slightly higher than the standard limits of commercial area ~55 dB(A). The increased noise level is due to vehicular activity.

N10: The noise level of NH-75 is 68.3 dB(A) which is higher than the standard limit of commercial area of ~ 65 dB(A). During night the noise level is 61.2 dB(A) which is



also higher than the standard limits of commercial area ~ 55 dB(A). The increased noise level is due to continuous vehicular activity.

3.7. Hydrology & Water Regime

3.7.1. IntroductionThe project site falls at Latitude 83°53'7.51"E and Longitude 24°13'28.53"N, survey of India Toposheet no. 63 P/16.

3.7.2. Objectives

The objectives of this study were to:

● Characterize the existing drainage network in hydrological terms. ● Identify and characterize the hydrogeological units present in the area of study

and the hydraulic properties present in the Project area. ● Identify potential impacts that the construction and operation of the Project

could have on this environmental component.

3.7.3. Climate & Rainfall

As per CGWB report, The study area falls under an unassured rainfall zone and hence receives monsoon rains during June to September. The average annual rainfall of the district is less than1200 mm as it comes under the rain shadow part. More than 80% of the precipitation is received during the monsoon months. Annual normal rainfall of the district is 1163.4 mm of which about 85 % is received between June and October.

The study area is characterized by warm climate in March to June and later on there is a gradual decline in temperature from October onwards to December. January is the coldest month of the year. March, April and May are the hot and dry months of the district. The temperature varies from 5.6°C to 46.7°C. The district witnesses dust storms between March and June associated with low humidity, high temperature and fast blowing wind. During winter season the district records temperatures between 6 to 18 degrees centigrade and during summer the temperature increases upto 47 degrees centigrade.



Drainage: The drainage of the study area is mainly controlled by the river North Koel and its tributaries viz the Auranga and Amanat. The Koel, Auranga and Amanat have the upper reaches characterized by high bank and rocky beds while the lower reaches by sandy beds. The general line of drain is from south to north towards river Sone.

Figure 33. Drainage Map with Contours

Surface Water Quality: In the present study, surface water was collected from Bhelwa Nadi, North Koel River (Upstream), North Koel River (centre), North Koel River (Downstream), Danro river, Kunti Sot river, Bagni river.

● As per the standard practice grab sampling was done for 7 locations, Integrated sampling was done for Bhelwa Nadi, North Koel River (Upstream), North Koel River (centre), North Koel River (Downstream), Danro river, Kunti Sot river, Bagni river. Water samples were taken as per the Standard Methods (IS & APHA, 23rd Edition 2017). Necessary precautions were taken for preservation of samples.



● The Surface water quality of the buffer area falls under category B & C as per CPCB surface water quality criteria-Designated Best Use.

3.7.4. Flood HistoryThe worst flood at Ulhas River was recorded in 2011. The loss of life was Substantial. . Flooded rivers submerged vast areas damaging crops and human habitations in Garhwa and Palamau districts of Jharkhand although the state recorded less rainfall in 2011.

"The Sone, which flowed 36 feet above danger level at 7am receded in the evening, but was flowing 22 feet above its normal level submerging thousands of acres of cropland in Garhwa district," The affected areas were Sonpurua, Balari, Kalagarha, Dhelkadih, Narayanpur and Sundipur villages.

In Palamau district, sluice gates of Mohammadganj barrage were opened to discharge water to river Koel which flooded the low lying areas of about 14 villages in Hussainabad sub-division,

About 900 families were shifted to safer places and relief packets were being distributed among them, the sources said.

Traffic between Jharkhand and UP, Bihar and Chhattisgarh remained cut off following the collapse of Tehela bridge and a diversion bridge, both connecting the NH-75, in the last two days.

3.7.5. GeohydrologyThe study area is covered by three major geological formations viz, the Precambrian crystallines, the Vindhyans and the Gondwanas. Besides, the tertiary laterite and alluvium also cover part of the district. The Alluvium cover of considerable thickness occurs in the northern part of the district along the Son and North Koel rivers. Ground water occurs mostly under phreatic condition in all the lithological units and locally under semi confined and confined condition.

The general line of drainage is from south to north towards the river Koyal and Sone. Koyal forms the eastern boundary and Sone forms the northern boundary of the district. There are also a host of smaller streams, most of which are from mountain currents with rock stream beds. Other important rivers of the district are Danro,



Sarsatiya, Tahale, Annaraj, Urea, Bai Banki, Bellaiti, Pando, Biraha, and Sapahi. Another notable river is Kanhar which forms the south eastern boundary of the district for about 80 km. Due to its Geographical formation Palamu district is rich in water resources.

As per the CGWB report, the Depth to water level map has been prepared based on the analysed water level data of pre and post monsoon. In general during pre monsoon, 2012 , depth to water level varies between 5 and 10 mbgl in 64.3% wells and > 10 mbgl in 28.6% wells,shallow water level also recorded in 2 wells out of 16 analysed wells. In general during post monsoon, 2012 , depth to water level varies between 5 and 10 mbgl in 60% wells and 2-5 mbgl in 40% wells, which represents the water level within 10 mbgl.

The exploratory data reveals presence of potential fractures between 30 and 100 mbgl. The yield of the well in general as evident from the exploratory data has been found to vary between 1 and 62 m3/hr. The piezometric level varies between 4 and 9.3 m bgl. Aquifers lying between the depth range of 30-100 m have moderate prospects of ground water development.



Figure 34. Hydro-geological Map of the project



3.7.5.1. Groundwater Development

As mentioned above, the Buffer area comprises two districts named Palamu and Garhwa. About 55% of buffer area falls in Bishrampur block of Palamu District and rest 45 % in Garhwa block of Garhwa District. The project area falls in Bishrampur block.

As per CGWB report, stage of ground water development of Bishrampur and Garhwa blocks are 34.97% and 21.88% respectively that means the net annual recharge is more than the net annual withdrawal, therefore, both blocks are comes under safe category, the details are given below-

Table 39. Ground water Development Table

District Block Net Annual Ground Water Availability (Ham)

Existing Gross Ground Water Draft for all uses (Ham)

Stage Ground Water Development (%)

Category of Block

Palamu Bishrampur 4274.25 1494.71 34.97 Safe

Garhwa Garhwa 1684.88 368.80 21.88 Safe

Source: CGWB report of Palamau District (September 2013)

3.7.6. Ground Water QualityWater sampling was done in the winter season from Oct 2019 to Dec 2019. The locations were selected on the basis of following criteria: source of water, flow of water, geological structure (hydrogeology), use of water, depth of water table etc. One water sample was collected from a hand pump, nearby site. Further in the buffer zone, the Groundwater was collected from 8 places. Onsite, Roha Budruk, Sangade, Taleghar, Vashi Village, Roha, Chambarvadi & Kolad. The groundwater was collected from Bore well and Hand Pump, Supply water.

The Ground water quality of the core zone as well as buffer zone shows that all the parameters are within the drinking water standards (IS:10500). Thus, the water quality of the core zone is fit for the consumption.



3.8. Water Quality

3.8.1. Sampling Station To assess the water quality of the proposed area, following 15 stations (8 groundwater & 7 surface water) were selected. Location of Water sampling stations is described below and location below:

3.8.2. Ground-water Locations Table 40. Ground water sampling Locations

Station No. Location Distance & Direction from Project area


W1 Nearby Site 0.03 km WSW Core Zone

W2 Aditya Birla Colony 0.26 km NNE

W3 Bishunpur 0.41 km West

W4 Dandila Kalan 0.52 km E

W5 Ramjani Bigha 0.80 km SE

W6 Dandila Khurd 0.85 km NNE

W7 Rehla Khurd 1.34 km South

W8 Gordiha 1.35 km NNW

Existing Ground water quality at Buffer zone

3.8.3. Surface water monitoring locations Table 41. Surface water sampling locations

Station No.

Location Distance & Direction from Project area


SW1 Bhelwa Nadi 1.27 km NNE

SW2North Koel River (Upstream) 2.51 km South

SW3North Koel River (Downstream) 1.53 km WSW

Existing Surface water quality at Buffer zone



SW4 North Koel River (Centre) 1.73 km SSW

SW5 Danro River 3.00 km NNE

SW6 Khunti Sot 10.70 km NNW

SW7 Baghi Nadi 12.12 km SSW

3.8.4. Water Sampling Location

Figure 35. Topographical Map of 10 km showing water sampling locations



3.8.5. Criteria of Selection of Sampling LocationsWater sampling locations were selected on the basis of following criteria: source of water, flow of water, geological structure (hydrogeology), use of water, depth of water table etc.

One nearby supply water sample was collected to assess the water quality for drinking purposes. Further in the buffer zone, the Groundwater was collected from 7 places namely Aditya Birla Colony, Bishunpur, Dandila Khurd, Dandila Kalan, Gordiha, Ramjani Bigha and Rehla Khurd ground water was collected from Bore well and Hand Pump.

Surface water was collected from upstream, centre and downstream to study the chemical parameters. During surface water sampling flow of water plays an important role. In present study, sources of surface water are Bhelwa Nadi, North Koel River, Danro River, Khunti Sot & Baghi Nadi.

3.8.6. Sampling Frequency and Sampling Techniques As per the standard practice grab sampling was done for 7 locations, Integrated sampling was done for North Koel River, Bhelwa Nadi, North Koel River, Danro River, Khunti Sot & Baghi Nadi. Water samples were taken as per the Standard Methods (IS & APHA, 23rd Edition 2017). Necessary precautions were taken for preservation of samples.

The physical parameters viz. pH, temperature and conductivity were measured at site using a portable water analyzer.

As evident from the sampling locations for water quality assessment represented surface and groundwater. The results of water quality assessment are presented below

3.8.7. Ground Water Quality Results Table 42. Ground water quality results



S.No. Parameter -

IS 10500:2012

(Drinking water

standard)

W1Onsite

(Nearby)_H.P. 120 ft.

W2Aditya Birla

Colony (Supply)

W3Bishunpur (H.P.)_ 120

ft.

W4Dandila Kalan (H.P.)

1 Colour Hazen 5 <1 <1 <1 <1

2 Odour --Unobjection

able Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

3 Turbidity NTU 5 <1 <1 <1 <1

4 pH Value 6.5-8.5 7.8 7.44 7.71 7.76

5 Temperature ºC _ 19.6 19.3 19.4 19.5

6 Conductivityµmho/c

m _ 18400 340 7688 3259

7Total Dissolved

Solids mg/l 500 9229 205 4883 1630

8 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 250 4599 42 1600 440

9 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1 0.87 <0.1 0.62 0.83

10 Total Hardness mg/l 200 7800 116 2900 820

11 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 75 1680 28.8 592 144

12Magnesium (as

Mg) mg/l 30 874.8 10.7 345.1 111.8

13 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.11

14Sulphate (as

SO4) mg/l 200 144 23.38 172.5 230.25

15 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l 45 2.73 2.24 55.95 61.88

17 Alkalinity mg/l 200 2324 130 2727.5 489

20 Phosphate mg/l _ 0.26 <0.01 0.37 0.06

21 Sodium (as Na) mg/l _ 312 20 531.5 175

22 Potassium (as K) mg/l _ 6.45 1.87 5.18 3.94

Colour,Turbidity ,Aluminium, Boron, Selenium, Lead, Arsenic, Mercury, Copper, Manganese and Total Chromium are below the detection level.



(Source of standards: IS: 10500, Laboratory: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd (NABL Accredited)

Table 43. Ground water quality results

S.No. Parameter -

IS 10500:2012

(Drinking water

standard)W5 (Ramjani Bigha) (B.W)

W6Dandila Khurd

(B.W.)_350 ft.

W7 (Rehla Khurd) (B.W.)

W8Gordiha village (H.P.)

1 Colour Hazen 5 <1 <1 <1 <1

2 Odour --Unobjectiona

ble Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

3 Turbidity NTU 5 <1 <1 <1 <1

4 pH Value 6.5-8.5 7.64 7.84 7.78 7.23

5Temperatur

e ºC _ 19.6 19.6 19.7 19.5

6Conductivit

yµmho/c

m _ 1612 877.2 1933 1079

7

Total Dissolved

Solids mg/l 500 808 442.3 967 594

8Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 250 94 116 130 160

9Fluoride (as

F) mg/l 1 0.47 0.6 0.61 0.6

10Total

Hardness mg/l 200 272 276 328 384

11Calcium (as

Ca) mg/l 75 62.4 59.20 83.2 76.8

12Magnesium

(as Mg) mg/l 30 28.2 31.1 29.2 46.66

13 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

14 Sulphate mg/l 200 76.7 37 102.6 75.04



(as SO4)

15Nitrate

Nitrogen mg/l 45 23.5 10.91 21.6 7.18

17 Alkalinity mg/l 200 296 239 312 309

20 Phosphate mg/l _ <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

21Sodium (as

Na) mg/l _ 101.6 32 124.4 48

22Potassium

(as K) mg/l _ 1.68 1.42 4.06 1.84

Colour,Turbidity ,Aluminium, Boron, Selenium, Lead, Arsenic, Mercury, Copper, Manganese and Total Chromium are below the detection level.(Source of standards: IS: 10500, Laboratory: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd (NABL Accredited)

3.10.8. Ground Water Quality Result Interpretation

Core zone:

Post-Monsoon Season (October 2019-December2019): The Ground water quality at location W1, Nearby Site (supply water) shows that total dissolved solids, chloride, total hardness, calcium, magnesium & phosphate are above the standards of drinking water standards (IS:10500). Thus, the water quality of the core zone shall fit for the consumption after primary treatment.

Buffer zone:

Post-Monsoon Season (October 2019-December2019): The Ground water quality at all location shows that

● Total Dissolved solid (TDS-mg/L), Alkalinity, Chloride, Total hardness, Calcium, Magnesium, at locations W1, W3-W8 is higher than the drinking water standards (IS:10500)

● The sulphate concentration (mg/L) at W4 is exceeding the drinking water standards (IS:10500)

● The nitrate nitrogen concentration (mg/L) is exceeding the drinking water standards (IS:10500)



3.8.8. Surface Water Quality Results Table 44. Surface water quality results

Parameter Unit

IS 10500:2

012 (Drinking water

standard)

Bhelwa

Nadi

(S.W.)

North

Koel

River

(Upstrea

m)

North

Koel

River

(centre)

North

Koel

River

(Downst

ream)

Danro

river

(S.W.)

Kunti

Sot river

(S.W.)

Bagni

river

(S.W.)

Colour

Haze

n 5 1 1 1 1 <1 <1 1

Odour --Unobjectionable

Agreeabl

e

Agreeabl

e

Agreeabl

e

Agreeabl

e

Agreea

ble

Agreeabl

e

Agreeab

le

Turbidity NTU 5 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

pH Value 6.5-8.5 8.46 8.22 8.32 8.45 8.08 8.5 8.18

Temperatur

e ºC _ 19.5 19.2 19.1 19 19.2 19 19.3

Conductivity

µmho

/cm _ 841.5 273.2 339.2 324.3 680.4 539.5 520.4

Total

Dissolved

Solids mg/l 500 426.1 135.5 168.4 188 336.2 265.4 262.2

Chloride (as

Cl) mg/l 250 76 43 36 43 30 46 49

Fluoride (as

F) mg/l 1 0.66 0.03 0.19 0.17 0.46 0.78 0.46



Total

Hardness mg/l 200 288 92 96 120 128 168 124

Calcium (as

Ca) mg/l 75 75.2 28.8 22.4 25.6 28.8 35.2 27.2

Magnesium

(as Mg) mg/l 30 24.3 4.86 9.72 13.61 13.61 19.44 13.61

Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 <0.1 0.211 0.165 0.202 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

Sulphate (as

SO4) mg/l 200 62.58 7.5 24.01 5.29 15.5 2.72 5.4

Nitrate

Nitrogen mg/l 45 6.07 2.92 2.95 2.99 3.83 3.59 3.37

Nitrite

Nitrogen mg/l - 0.38 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 0.42 <0.2 <0.2

Alkalinity mg/l 200 275 84.5 73 142 186 217 118

Phosphate mg/l _ <0.01 1.54 0.16 1.97 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Sodium (as

Na) mg/l _ 21 10.5 11 13 14 9.3 8

Potassium

(as K) mg/l - 3.6 1.71 1.87 1.83 2.16 1.58 1.66

BOD mg/l 11 6 4 6 3 2.6 9

COD mg/l 32 16 24 32 16 16 40

DO mg/l 3.8 3.7 4.2 3.8 4 4.1 3.7

Ammoniacal

Nitrogen mg/l0.6 0.3 0.73 0.56 0.92 0.28 1.01



Table 45. Designated Best Use

Designated-Best-Use Class of water

Criteria

Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after disinfection

A pH between 6.5 and 8.5Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or moreBiochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20 0C 2mg/l or less

Outdoor bathing (Organised) B pH between 6.5 and 8.5Dissolved Oxygen 5mg/l or moreBiochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20 0C 3mg/l or less

Drinking water source after conventional treatment and disinfection

C pH between 6 to 9Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or moreBiochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20 0C 3mg/l or less

Propagation of Wildlife and Fisheries

D pH between 6.5 to 8.5Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or moreFree Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less

Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal

E pH between 6.0 to 8.5Electrical Conductivity at 25 0C micro mhos/cm Max.2250Boron Max. 2mg/l

(Source: Surface Water quality criteria as per CPCB)

3.8.8. Data InterpretationPost Monsoon Season (Oct19-Dec19)

● The Surface water quality of the Bhelwa Nadi shows that BOD (11 mg/L) is higher; DO (3.8 mg/L) is acceptable as per CPCB Surface Water Quality Criteria Class of water ‘C’ .

● The Surface water quality of the North Koel River (Upstream) shows that BOD (6 mg/L) is highery; DO (3.7 mg/L) is acceptable as per CPCB Surface Water Quality Criteria Class of water ‘C’.

● The Surface water quality of the North Koel River (Centre) shows that BOD (4 mg/L) is higher; DO (4.2 mg/L) is acceptable as per CPCB Surface Water Quality Criteria Class of water ‘B’ .



● The Surface water quality of the North Koel River (Downstream) shows that BOD (6.00 mg/L) is higher ; DO (3.8 mg/L) is acceptable as per CPCB Water Quality Criteria Class of water ‘C’.

● The Surface water quality of the Danro River shows that BOD (3.0 mg/L) falls under Class of surface water ‘C’; DO (4.0 mg/L) is acceptable as per CPCB Surface Water Quality Criteria Class of water ‘C’.

● The Surface water quality of the Kunti Sot River shows that BOD (2.6 mg/L) falls under any Class of surface water ‘C’; DO (4.1 mg/L) is acceptable as per CPCB Water Quality Criteria Class of water ‘C’.

● The Surface water quality of the Baghi river shows that BOD (9.0 mg/L) is higher; DO (3.7 mg/L) is acceptable as per CPCB Water Quality Criteria Class of water ‘C.

As per the data analysis and compared with CPCB surface water quality criteria the water cannot be used as Drinking water source without conventional treatment and disinfection.

3.9. Land Environment

3.9.1. TopographyThe topography of the area is undulating and consists of small hillocks. The maximum elevation of the buffer area is 548 m AMSL at the top of a hillock in Kohila Pahar which is located approx 5 Km in the east direction from project site and minimum elevation is 172 m AMSL at the bank of river North Koel near Bhitihara Village, which is located approx 7 Km in NW direction from the project site. Buffer area comprises two districts named Palamu and Garhwa. About 55% of the buffer area falls in Palamu District and the rest 45 % in Garhwa District.

The proposed site or core zone is situated on a land having elevation ranges from 181 m AMSL to 182m AMSL.

Digital Elevation Model (DEM)

Digital Elevation Models are data files that contain the elevation of the terrain over a specified area, usually at a fixed grid interval over the "Bare Earth". The intervals



between each of the grid points will always be referenced to some geographical coordinate system. This is usually either latitude-longitude or UTM (Universal Transverse Mercator) coordinate systems. The closer together the grid points are located, the more detailed the information will be in the file. The details of the peaks and valleys in the terrain will be better modeled with small grid spacing than when the grid intervals are very large. Elevations other than at the specific grid point locations are not contained in the file. As a result, peak points and valley points not coincident with the grid will not be recorded in the file. For practical purposes this "Bare Earth" DEM is generally synonymous with a Digital Terrain Model (DTM).

1. DATA USEDDEM Data: Shuttle Radar Topographic Mission (SRTM) dataData Source: http://srtm.csi.cgiar.orgSoftware Used: ArcGIS

2. METHODOLOGY: Shuttle Radar Topographic Mission (SRTM) data has been used for creation of Digital ElevationModel of the study area. The SRTM data has vertical accuracy of 16m and the spatial resolution of 90m.

1st Stage:The first processing stage involves importing and merging the 1-degree tiles into continuous elevation surfaces in Arc GRID format.2nd Stage:Resampling the data at 23 m is done and a contour interval of 10m through the usual process of interpolation is created.3rd Stage:SRTM data is converted in grid format through ArcGIS to obtain elevation information of the study area. Contours are then generated at 2.0 m intervals through 3D analyst of Arc GIS and then are interpolated with raster data.4th Stage:Integration of DEM with contour map showing 3D view for analysis of surface is done.

DEM Map with 10 km radius is given below:



Figure 36. DEM Map of the Study area

3.9.2. GeologyArea is covered by three major geological formations viz, the Precambrian crystallines, the Vindhyans and the Gondwanas. Besides, the tertiary laterite and alluvium also cover part of the region. The Alluvium cover of considerable thickness occurs along the Son and North Koel rivers.

The geology of the study area is shown in the Geological Map



Figure 37. Geological Map



3.9.3. Land UseIntroduction

Mankind’s presence on the earth and his modifications to the landscape has had a profound effect upon the natural environment. These anthropogenic influences on shifting patterns of land use are a primary component of many current environmental concerns as land use and land cover change is gaining recognition as a key driver of environmental change (Riebsame et al, 1994). Changes in land use and land cover are pervasive, increasingly rapid, and can have adverse impacts and implications at local, regional and global scales. Present study to better understand the impact of land use change within the buffer zone of 10 km radius around the projects, the factors affecting land use needs to be examined.

3.9.3.1. Methodology

IMAGE PROCESSING: Image processing software and GIS Software were used for the project. Image Processing Software was used for digital processing of the spatial data. Digital image processing techniques were applied for the mapping of the land use/land cover classes of the provided area from the satellite data. The methodology applied comes under following steps:

● Satellite imagery for the Area of Interest was created through image processing software.

● Geometric correction includes correction for geometric distortions due to sensor, earth geometry variations and conversion of the data to real world coordinates.

● Image enhancement is one of the important image processing functions primarily done to improve the appearance of the imagery to assist in visual interpretation and analysis.

● Google image is used as a reference map for base layer preparation.

Visual interpretation technique has been used for digitization of geographical features for different land use and vegetation cover classes based on spatial patterns of geographic features.



3.9.3.2. Interpretation of Satellite Image

Supervised Classification and Visual interpretation technique has been used for digitization of geographical features for different land use and vegetation cover classes based on spatial patterns of geographic features. Spectral signature represents various land use classes. Image interpretation keys are developed based on image characteristics like color, tone, size, shape, texture, pattern, shadow, association etc, which enables interpretation of satellite images for ground feature. Statistics of geographic features have been developing for impact assessment due to project activity.

After the above process the final LULC map has been prepared. The Flow chart of the methodology is given Below:



Figure 38. Flow Chart for Methodology of LULC Map Preparation



Figure 39. Land Use Map

3.9.3.3. Results and ConclusionsGeneral Land use/ Land Cover: The land use/ land cover map has been generated on 1:50,000 scale using Satellite imagery, topographical maps, Survey of India and ground truth information. Based on the methodology developed for the present land use/ land cover, categories have been grouped under the following major land use/land cover categories.

Table 46. Major land use/land cover categories of study area (10 Km Radius Buffer zone)

S No. Category Area in SQ Km Area In Ha Percentage

1 Agriculture Land 236.6152 23661.52 74.702 Barren Land 8.129371 812.94 2.573 Built-up, Rural 12.9794 1297.94 4.104 Built-up, Urban 5.463467 546.35 1.725 Forest, Deciduous 14.69617 1469.62 4.646 Forest, Scrub Forest 11.99494 1199.49 3.797 Ravinous Land 0.768117 76.81 0.24



8 Scrub Land 12.5163 1251.63 3.959 Water Bodies, Pond/Reservoir 1.116765 111.68 0.3510 Water Bodies, River/Canal 12.47708 1247.71 3.94 Total 316.76 31675.69 100.00

Figure 40. Major land use/land cover categories of study area (10 Km Radius Buffer zone)

● Agriculture Land:

Based on analyzed imagery, topographical maps and ground truth. Agriculture land and its area extent have been extracted and its area is about 23661.52hectares which is 74.70percent of the total 10 km radius study area.

● Forest:

Forest occupies around 2669.11ha which is 8.43% of the study area.

● Barren Land:

Barren land comprising rocky and scrub land are covering 2141.38hectares and covering about 6.76 percent of the study area.

● Water Bodies:



Based on satellite data and ground truth, the total area covered by the river and water bodies is 1359.38 hectares which is 4.29 % of the total study area.

3.10. Soil Quality SoilType: Three soil orders namely Entisols, Inceptisols and Alfisols were observed. Alfisols were the dominant soils covering 53.9 percent of total gross area followed by Entisols (21.5 %) and Inceptisols (20.0 %). Alfisols amongst which Red sandy soils are common and Ultisols of which red and yellow soils are common.

Soil samples were collected from nine locations, i.e. project sites, to assess the soil condition in the project influenced area and the soil analysis was carried out as per the guidelines of the Indian Standards (IS). Soil quality monitoring locations are shown in the topographical map.

To assess the soil quality of the proposed area, following 8 stations were selected. Soil profile and quality was studied at different locations. Location of Soil sampling stations is described below.

3.10.1. Sampling Location Table 47. Soil sampling Locations

Station No.

Location Distance & Direction from Project area

Project area / Study area


S1 Onsite I Within Site

Land put to non Agricultural uses-Residential

Existing Soil quality at core zone

S2 Onsite II Within Site

Land put to non Agricultural uses-Residential

S3Aditya Birla Colony 0.26 km NNE

Permanent Pastures and other grazing -grassland

S4 Bishunpur 0.41 km WestPermanent Pastures and other grazing -grassland

S5 Dandila Kalan 0.52 km East Permanent Pastures and

Existing Soil quality at Buffer zone



other grazing -grassland

S6 Dandila Khurd 0.85 km NNEPermanent Pastures and other grazing -grassland

S7 Garwa Road 1.05 km SouthPermanent Pastures and other grazing -grassland

S8 Gordiha 1.35 km NNWPermanent Pastures and other grazing -grassland

The sampling design is a fundamental part of data collection for scientifically based decision making. A well-developed sampling design plays a critical role in ensuring that data are enough to draw the conclusions needed. The samples are collected to determine nutrient content, composition, and other characteristics such as the acidity or pH level.



3.10.2. Soil Sampling Locations

Figure 41. Soil sampling locations on Topographical Map

3.10.3. Sampling Procedure and Analysis Augur method was used and samples were collected at 15 cm depth after removing the upper crust. Sample from each spot were well mixed with hand on a clean polythene sheet. About 1 kg of soil was retained after the quartering process. This sample was kept for some time for air-drying at room temperature, stored in a polythene bag with a label at the top. Samples were analysed for bulk density, pH, nitrogen, phosphorus, calcium, magnesium and organic contents. Soil Quality Results are summarized below:



3.10.4. Physical & Chemical Properties of SoilTable 48. Soil quality Results

PARAMETER UnitS1

Onsite IS2

Onsite II

S3Aditya birla

colony

S4Bishunp

ur village

S5Dandila Kalan

S6Dandila Khurd

S7Garhwa road

S8Gordiha village

Physical Parameters

Electric Conductivity µS/cm 521.5 893.8 43.81 60.59 52.66 345.1 28.47 139.7

Moisture content % 1.7 1.8 2.1 2.6 2.6 1.5 3.1 1.2

Color -3/4

(Brown)3/4

(Brown)

4/3 (Dull Reddish Brown)

4/3 (Dull

Reddish Brown)

3/2 (Browni

sh Black)

4/3 (Dull

Reddish

Brown)

3/4 (Brown

)3/4

(Brown)

Bulk density g/cc 1.31 1.3 1.38 1.32 1.28 1.31 1.29 1.31

Porosity % 23.5 23.8 22.4 23.3 24.1 23.5 24 23.7

Sand % 65.4 59.8 53.4 50.8 61.6 56.8 58.8 50.6

Silt % 24.5 28.4 28.9 26.4 25.6 23.6 25.4 26.8

Texture Clay % 10 11.7 17.6 22.7 12.6 19.5 15.7 22.5

Chemical Properties

pH - 8.9 9.3 6.6 6.6 7.6 7.1 5.9 7.3

Texture Class

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Organic Matter % 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.3

Available Nitrogen mg/kg 85.4 106.4 35 47.6 46.2 33.6 29.4 32.2



Available Calcium mg/kg 206.6 175.6 42.4 85.2 155.7 168.7 74.4 96.4

Available Magnesium mg/kg 56.4 46.8 19.2 32.4 36.4 42.8 26.4 26.4

Available Potassium mg/kg 56.8 78.6 18.6 12.8 21.2 34.7 14.6 15.6

Nitrate Nitrogen mg/kg 41.6 52.8 14 28 23.4 12.6 11.2 18.2

Available Phosphorus mg/kg 8.6 10.5 11.4 18.8 7.8 12.8 15.2 16.2

Chloride mg/kg 532.5 710 26.6 53.3 44.4 177.5 35.5 35.5

Cation Exchange Capacity

meq/100gm 8.6 8.9 10.4 12.8 10.6 9.8 11.2 11.6

Available Sulphur mg/kg 0.6 1.2 0.4 0.4 2.8 0.4 0.4 0.4

Available Sodium mg/kg 165.3 274.6 24.3 48.5 10.1 29.1 25.6 22.9

Ortho Phosphate mg/kg 3.6 2.9 1.1 2.1 12.1 2.1 0.7 3.8

Bicarbonate mg/kg 109.8 97.6 73.2 73.2 61 73.2 61 61

(Laboratory: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd (NABL Accredited)

3.10.5. Data InterpretationPost Monsoon Season (Oct19-Dec19) : After analysing the samples collected from the site shows that the soil texture in the core zone is Sandy Loam, Colour is Brown, pH is 8.9. Amount of primary nutrients like Organic matter is 0.3%, the available nitrogen 85.4 mg/kg is in low range and available Potassium 56.8 mg/kg is in low range while the available Phosphorus 8.6 mg/kg is in higher range in the fertility class of Soil. Thus it can be concluded that soil is average fertile in the core Zone.

Buffer Zone: Color varies from Brown to Dull Reddish Brown, pH ranges from 5.9 to 9.3. Amount of primary nutrients like Organic matter 0.2 % to 0.6 %, the Available



Nitrogen 35.0 mg/kg to 106.4 mg/kg is lower in range, the Available Phosphorus 7.8 mg/kg – 18.8 mg/kg is high in range, Available Potassium 12.8 mg/kg to 34.7 mg/kg is medium to high in range, Primary nutrient profile shows that soil is average fertile due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen, available potassium.

Primary nutrient profile shows average fertile soil along the stretch. Nitrogen is the most important fertilizer element. Plants respond quickly to application of nitrogen. This element encourages above ground vegetative growth and gives a deep green color to the leaves & Potassium is the third essential fertilizer element and it is essential for photosynthesis, for protein synthesis, for starch formation and for the translocation of sugars. So, the addition of bio fertilizers will enhance the fertility of soil.

3.11. Biological Environment A reduction and deterioration of ecosystem services entails loss of biodiversity directly affecting the economic and social system, which guarantees the availability of food, human health, and a steady supply of healthy air and water. Ecosystems have the capacity to adapt to changes and absorb impacts. Throughout history they have been transformed by the action of man, but in the last 100 years this transformation has been faster and more extensive than in any other comparable period. As a result, the Earth's biodiversity has been considerably impoverished. The extinction of species threatens not just nature, but humanity itself. All living beings, including humans, depend on biodiversity and the natural resources such diversity provides.

In accordance with environmental regulation, we study Baseline data for environmental impact assessment to minimise a projects environmental impact. An evaluation of existing baseline ecological conditions in the study area before starting the construction as far as possible, adopting the best available methods and measures for minimising and mitigating project impact. Data collected through extensive survey of flora and fauna of the area.

Purpose of study

The present study was undertaken with the following objectives:

● Desktop study of the project details, ecologically sensitive area, nearby habitat, Reserve forest, land type of core zone.



● Preparation of Flora and Fauna inventory with schedule or statues of the species.

● Secondary literature study of the proposed study area for better understanding of the Ecology and biodiversity of the area

3.11.1. Methodology for the study of Flora and Fauna:During the study, the floral composition of the area was evaluated through a primary questionnaire based survey. The study area was divided according to habitat types followed by the random sampling method i.e, identification of flora species, exploration of the area, collection of species, and preparation of specimens for lateral identification. Faunal species were observed with the help of methods like standard walk transect, visual encounter survey, etc at different times of the day.

During the survey, photographs were taken for the better identification of species. Primary and Secondary data collected was cross-checked with the traditional knowledge of the people of the study region. As the region is of rich diversity of flora and fauna, the data collection was cross checked with forest data and other secondary resources .

Ecological Sensitivity Map



Figure 42. Ecological Sensitivity Map of the Project Area

List of Environmental Sensitive Area



Table 49. Ecological Sensitivity of the area

Location Name Distance & Direction

Water Bodies

Bhelwa Nadi 0.62 km NNW

North Koel River 0.97 km W

Danro River 2.53 km SSW

Khunti Sot 3.25 km NNW

Baghi Nadi 4.87 km NWW

Gora Nadi 5.48 km SW

Canal near Binuwantoli 6.03 km NWW

Satbahini Nadi 6.36 km SE

Sojhghatiya Nala 6.59 km SE

Adra Nadi 7.05 km SSE

Canal near Chacharia 7.84 km NW

Drain near Sahaspura 8.29 km NNW

Canal near Lenduka 8.50 km NNE

Phulwaria Nadi 8.65 km NW

Drain near Dyodar 8.99 km NNW

Tahla Nadi 8.99 km SSE

Canal near Kholra 9.18 km NW

Birha Nadi 9.64 km SSW

Khajuria Nadi 9.70 km NNW

Forests(Protected or Reserved)

Protective Forest near Kamat 3.97 km NEE

Lohardaga Protective Forest 5.04 km N

Lambha Protective Forest 5.89 km NNE

Hatai Khas Protective Forest 5.96 km NEE

Chhipadohar Protective Forest 6.02 km NE

Protective Forest near Jala 6.70 km SWW



Ursugi Protective Forest 6.75 km SW

Protective Forest near Gurdi 7.99 km SWW

Kutmu Protective Forest 8.39 km NNE

Oraria Protective Forest 8.62 km NW

Sukhwana Protective Forest 8.93 km SW

Protective Forest near Likhahia 9.67 km NW

Kholra Protective Forest 9.54 km NWW

Wildlife Sanctuary None

Location and Geographic Areas

The district is bounded in the north by Rohtas and Aurangabad district of Bihar, in the south by Lohardaga and Gumla districts and east by Gaya(Bihar), Chatra and part of Ranchi district, in the west by Surguja district of Chattisgarh and Garhwa district .

Topography

The topography of Palamu district is characterized by highly rugged landscape with green forest all over the area. The elevation of the hill ranges in the southern part of the district varies from 360- 1110 m above msl. The master slope of the area in general tends towards north and east.

Type of soil and forest

Three soil orders namely Entisols, Inceptisols and Alfisols were observed in Palamu district. Alfisols were the dominant soils covering 53.9 percent of total gross area followed by Entisols (21.5 %) and Inceptisols (20.0 %). Alfisols amongst which Red sandy soils are common and Ultisols of which red and yellow soils are common. (Ground Water Information Booklet, Palamu District, Jharkhand State, 2013). Tropical Dry Deciduous Forest is common around the district.

Buffer Sampling location- Due to lack of accessibility to nearby forest area, Primary Survey of flora and fauna was conducted only in 3 locations located within the 5 km radius of project location. Secondary data of buffer zone has been reported on the basis of available literature.

Table 50. Ecological Sampling Locations



S. No. Location Distance & Direction

1. E1- Bishunpur 0.42 km WNW

2. E2- Location near village Darmi 2.40 km WNW

3. E3- Location near Godarma Road 2.22 km NE

Location map

Figure 43. Map showing ecologial survey locations

Description of Core Zone

Flora of Core Zone: Core Zone is nearly vacant with few species of shrubs, herbs and grasses in the site and nearby. The names of flora and fauna species found at the time of site visit are given below.

Table 51. Flora of core zone

S.No. Common Name Species Name Family

Shrubs

1. Aak Calotropis gigantea Asclepiadaceae



2. Raimunia Lantana camara Verbenaceae

Herbs

1. Latjeera Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae

2. Jangli chaulai Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae

3. Gajar Ghas Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae (Compositae)

Grass

1. Doob ghas Cynodon dactylon Poaceae

2. Sheda Grass Dichanthium annulatum Poaceae

3. Makra Dactyloctenium aegyptium Poaceae

(Source: Primary survey)

Fauna of Core Zone

Table 52. Fauna of core zone

TYPE COMMON NAME SCIENTIFIC NAME SCHEDULE

Reptiles:

1 Common Indian garden lizard Calotes versicolor IV

2 House lizard Hemidactylus flaviviridis -

Mammals:

1 Three striped palm squirrel Funambulus palmarum IV

2 Rat Rattus rattus -

Aves:

1 House Crow Corvus splendens V

2 Pigeon Columba livia IV

3 Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer IV

4 Sunbird Cinnyris asiaticus IV

5 Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopaceus -

6 Barn swallow Hirundo rustica -

Insects:



1 Butterfly Rhopalocera spp. -

2 Common Castor Ariadne merione -

3 Wasps Vespa orientalis -

4 Dragonfly Agrian sp -

5 HoneyBee Apis indica -

6 House fly Musca domestica -

(Source: Primary survey and Public consultation)

Buffer Zone: The buffer zone is full of diversity of birds and animals. There is no Wildlife Sanctuary or National Park in 10 km radius from the project site. The buffer zone consists of reserve forest and protected forest, agricultural land and vacant land. Secondary survey (including literature review) was carried out.

Flora of buffer zone

Tree species in buffer zone

Table 53. Flora of buffer zone

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Family

1. Acacia nilotica Babool Mimosaceae

2. Acacia senegal Gum arabic tree Mimosaceae

3. Adina cordifolia Haldu Rubiaceae

4. Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae

5. Ailanthus excelsa Mahanimb Simaroubaceae

6. Alangium salvifolium Akol Cornaceae

7. Albizia lebbeck Siris Tree Mimosaceae

8. Annona squamosa Custard apple Annonaceae

9. Anogeissus pendula Button Tree Combretaceae

10. Anogeissus latifolia Dhaura Combretaceae



11. Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae

12. Balanites aegyptiaca Desert Date Zygophyllaceae

13. Bauhinia variegata Kachnar phul Caesalpiniaceae

14. Bauhinia purpurea Koinar Sag Caesalpiniaceae

15. Boswellia serrata Indian Olibanum Burseraceae

16. Butea monosperma Flame of the forest Fabaceae

17. Carissa congesta Karanda Apocynaceae

18. Cassia fistula Amaltas Caesalpiniaceae

19. Cassia roxburghii Red Cassia Caesalpiniaceae

20. Cassia siamea Siamese cassia Caesalpiniaceae

21. Cordia myxa Indian Cherry Boraginaceae

22. Dalbergia latifolia Black rosewood Fabaceae

23. Dalbergia sissoo Shisham Fabaceae

24. Delonix regia Gulmohar Fabaceae

25. Dichrostachys cinerea

Sickle bush ashy

babool

Mimosaceae

26. Diospyros cordifolia Bombay ebony Ebenaceae

27. Diospyros melanoxylon Coromandel ebony Ebenaceae

28. Emblica officinalis Amla Phyllanthaceae

29. Erythrina indica Indian Coral Tree Fabaceae

30. Eucalyptus globulus Gum Tree Myrtaceae

31. Feronia limonia Wood Apple Rutaceae

32. Ficus benghalensis Banyan Tree Moraceae



33. Ficus glomerata Cluster fig Moraceae

34. Ficus religiosa Peepal Tree Moraceae

35. Flacourtia indica Governor's Plum Salicaceae

36. Gmelina arborea Gamhair Verbenaceae

37. Holarrhena antidysenterica Koreya phul Apocynaceae

38. Holoptelea integrifolia Indian Elm Ulmaceae

39. Lannea coromandelica Indian Ash Tree Anacardiaceae

40. Madhuca indica Mahua Sapotaceae

41. Mangifera indica Mango Tree Anacardiaceae

42. Moringa oleifera Drumstick Tree Moringaceae

43. Morus alba Mulberry Tree Moraceae

44. Parkinsonia aculeata Jerusalem thorn Fabaceae

45. Phoenix sylvestris Wild Date Palm Arecaceae

46. Phyllanthus emblica Amla Phyllanthaceae

47. Pithecellobium dulce Madras Thorn Mimosaceae

48. Polyalthia longifolia Ashok Annonaceae

49. Pongamia pinnata Pongam tree Fabaceae

50. Prosopis cineraria Khejri Tree Mimosaceae

51. Prosopis juliflora Junglee Kikkar Mimosaceae

52. Salvadora persica Salt brush Salvadoraceae

53. Samanea saman Rain Tree Mimosaceae

54. Saraca indica Sita Ashok Caesalpiniaceae

55. Shorea robusta Makka Dipterocarpaceae




Shrubs in the buffer zone

Table 54. Shurbs of buffer zone

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Family

1 Acalypha indica Indian Copperleaf Euphorbiaceae

2 Achyranthes aspera Chirchita Amaranthaceae

3 Adiantum raddianum Delta maidenhair fern Pteridaceae

4 Amaranthus spinosus Kantha chaulai Amaranthaceae

5 Amaranthus viridis Green Amaranth Amaranthaceae

6 Argemone mexicana Firangi datura Papaveraceae

7 Aristida funiculata Needle Grass Poaceae

8 Blumea lacera Lettuce-leaf blumea Asteraceae

9 Cassia occidentalis Kasunda Caesalpiniaceae

10 Cassia tora Stinking cassia Caesalpiniaceae

11 Cenchrus ciliaris Afican foxtail Poaceae

12 Cleome viscosa Yellow spider flower Cleomaceae

13 Corchorus tridens Horn-fruited Jute Tiliaceae

14 Croton bonplandianum Ban tulsi Euphorbiaceae

15 Eragrostis ciliaris Stinky Grass Poaceae

16 Euphorbia hirta Asthma weed Euphorbiaceae

17 Hibiscus lobatus Lobed leaf mallow Malvaceae

18 Indigofera cordifolia Heart-lead indigo Fabaceae

19 Indigofera pulchella Jirhul phul Fabaceae

20 Ipomoea aquatica Kalmi sag Convolvulaceae



21 Justicia procumbens Water willow Acanthaceae

22 Launaea procumbens Jangi gobi Asteraceae

23 Ocimum americanum Hoary basil Lamiaceae

24 Parthenium hysterophorus Congress grass Asteraceae

25 Pavonia zeylanica Ceylon Swamp Mallow Malvaceae

26 Peristrophe bicalyculata Panicled foldwing Acanthaceae

28 Phyla nodiflora Jal buti Verbenaceae

29 Phyllanthus fraternus Gulf- leaf flower Phyllanthaceae

30 Physalis minima Ground cherry Solanaceae

31 Pteridium aquilinum Common bracken Polypodiaceae

32 Sida acuta Common wireweed Malvaceae

33 Sida cordifolia Heart-lead sida Malvaceae

34 Solanum surattense Thorny Nightshade Solanaceae

35 Sorghum halepense Johnson Grass Poaceae

36 Tephrosia purpurea Common Tephrosia Fabaceae

37 Tephrosia villosa Hoary Tephrosia Fabaceae

38 Tribulus terrestris Yellow vine Zygophyllaceae

39 Tridax procumbens Tridax Daisy Asteraceae

40 Xanthium strumarium Common cocklebur Asteraceae




Figure 45. Flora species of buffer zone

Delonix regia Eucalyptus Tree

Fauna of Buffer Zone

Table 55. Fauna of buffer zone

TYPE COMMON NAME Zoological Name SCHEDULE

Reptiles:

1 Indian Cobra Naja naja II

2 Rat snake Ptyas mucosa II



3 Red sand boa Eryx johnii IV

4 Indian House Gecko Hemidactylus flaviviridis IV

5 Rock Lizard Agama buberculatus IV

6 Bengal monitor Varanus bengalensis I

Mammals:

7 Rhesus macaque Macaca mulatta II

8 Black giant squirrel Ratufa indica II

9 Striped hyena Hyaena hyaena III

Aves:

10 Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopaceus IV

11 Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri IV

12 Indian Peafowl Pavo cristatus I

13 Blue rock Pigeon Columba livia IV

14 Grey NightJar Caprimulgus indicus IV

15 Asian Palm Swift Cypsiurus balasiensis -

16 Crow Corvus splendens V

17 Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus IV

18 Myna Acridotheres fuscus IV

19 Little cormorant Microcarbo niger IV

20 River Lapwing Vanellus duvaucelii -

21 Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer IV

22 Jungle babbler Turdoides striata -

23 Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus IV



24 Ashy Prinia Prinia socialis -

Insects:

25 Blue peacock Papilio arcturus -

26 Common bluebottle Graphium sarpedon -

27 Dead leaf Kallima inachus -

28 Honey Bee Apis indica -


Endangered Species: There are two schedule I species found in buffer zone namely Indian Peafowl (Pavo cristatus) Bengal monitor (Varanus bengalensis). Conservation plan is attached in the Annexure.

3.12. Socio-economic EnvironmentIntroduction:

Socio-Economic Impact Assessment is the systematic tool used to identify and evaluate the potential socio-economic and cultural impacts of a proposed development activities on livelihood of local communities. SEIA helps to reduce, remove or prevent the potential significant adverse impacts. It can identify and distinguish the impacts due to proposed development and also tends to show the people who are directly or indirectly impacted due to the project activities. It focuses on the avoidance of adverse impacts and helps to plan how to maximize the beneficial impacts of a proposed development.

The socio-economic report is prepared after analyzing the expected beneficial or adverse impacts of project Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit at village Dandila kurd, Bishrampur, Palamu district, Jharkhand. The report is prepared by referring District Census Data, 2011 of Palamu, Jharkhand and primary survey conducted by the socio-economic team four persons of M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd. comprising of Mrs. Rachna Bhargava as the team leader, Ms. Tulika Rawat, and Mr. Pramod as team members. The details from different villages have been collected by conducting face to face interviews with the villagers or village head.



Objective:

The main objectives of the study are as follows:

1. To analyse the demographic details of urban and rural areas lie within the 10 Km radial distance from the project site through secondary (Literature survey) and primary (Field visit) data.

2. The analysis of secondary data to extract the required information for preparation of questionnaires and report, (Census data, 2011 and village directory of Jharkhand).

3. To prepare questionnaires according to the effects occur due to Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit to collect primary data through discussion with the focused group, household survey for prediction of impacts and preparation of CER.

4. The comparison and analysis of primary and secondary data to know the actual condition of the villages and to predict the expected changes due to project activities.

5. To prepare a list of possible impacts due to the project activities during its operation phase.

6. The possible mitigation measures have been suggested in accordance with the impacts identified.

Methodology:

The study was conducted in three parts which are described below:

1. The analysis of secondary data by referring to the census data of 2011 and village directory of Jharkhand. The status of amenities from different villages/towns are confirmed by the census data 2011 from the respective census district handbook for the villages coming in the radial distance of 10 Km from the project site.

2. The primary survey has been conducted to assess the socio-economic impact through discussion with local villagers, project proponents and the village head in surrounding villages coming under an area of 5 Km radial distance from the project site with the help of questionnaires. The villages coming



under the buffer zone within radial distance of 10 Km from the project site were marked with the help of KML file and listed further.

3. This is with reference to TOR; the owner has decided to undertake the development programmes for the villages lying near the project site. During the Survey basic necessities of the community were noted and implemented under the Corporate Environment Responsibilities by the project owner. The expected cost depends on the cost of the projects.

Concept & Definitions

Study Area: The study area, also known as impact area, has been defined as the total of core area and buffer area with 10 Kilometres from the periphery of the core area. The study area includes all the land-marks both natural and manmade, falling therein.

QoL: The Quality of Life (QoL) refers to the degree to which a person enjoys the important possibilities of his/her life. The ‘Possibilities’ result from the opportunities and limitations, each person has in his/her life and reflects the interaction of personal and environmental factors. Enjoyment has two components: the experience of satisfaction and the possession or achievement of some characteristic.

Household: A group of persons who normally live together and take their meals from a common kitchen are called a household. Persons living in a household may be related or unrelated or a mix of both. However, if a group of related or unrelated people live in a house but do not take their meals from the common kitchen, then they are not part of a common household. Each such person is treated as a separate household. There may be one member households, two member households or multi-member households.

Sex Ratio: Sex ratio is the ratio of females to males in a given population. It is expressed as 'number of females per 1000 males.

Literates: All persons aged 7 years and above who can both read and write with understanding in any language are taken as literate. It is not necessary for a person to have received any formal education or passed any minimum educational standard for being treated as literate. People who are blind but can read in Braille are also treated as literates.

Literacy Rate: Literacy rate of population is defined as the percentage of literates to the total population aged 7 years and above.



Labour Force: The labour force is the number of people employed and unemployed in a geographical entity. The size of the labour force is the total of persons employed and unemployed. An unemployed person is defined as a person not employed but actively seeking work. Normally, the labour force of a country consists of everyone of working age (around 14 to 16 years) and below retirement (around 65 years) that are participating workers, that is people actively employed or seeking employment. People not counted under the labour force are students, retired persons, stay-at-home people, people in prisons, permanently disabled persons and discouraged workers.

Work: Work is defined as participation in any economically productive activity with or without compensation, wages or profit. Such participation may be physical and/or mental in nature. Work involves not only actual work but also includes effective supervision and direction of work. The work may be part time, full time, or unpaid work in a farm, family enterprise or in any other economic activity.

Worker: All persons engaged in 'work' are defined as workers. Persons who are engaged in cultivation or milk production even solely for domestic consumption are also treated as workers.

Main Workers: Those workers who had worked for the major part of the reference period (i.e. 6 months or more in the case of a year) are termed as Main Workers.

Marginal Workers: Those workers who did not work for the major part of the reference period (i.e. less than 6 months) are termed as Marginal Workers

Work Participation Rate: The work participation rate is the ratio between the labour force and the overall size of their cohort (national population of the same age range). In the present study the work participation rate is defined as the percentage of total workers (main and marginal) to total population.

Crude Death Rate: Crude death rate is the number of deaths occurring among the population of a given geographical area during a given year, per 1000 mid-year total population of a given geographical area during the same year.

Infant Mortality Rate: Infant mortality rate is the number of deaths per 1000 live births of children under one year of age.

Infant Mortality Rate= (Number of children death under 1-year age ÷ Number of live births during the Year) × 1000.

APL: It stands for Above Poverty Line. In India, a measure of persons who live above its nationally designated poverty threshold. According to the World Bank a person is



regarded as in the APL category if he/she is living on more than 1.9 international dollars a day.

BPL: It stands for Below Poverty Line. Below Poverty Line is an economic benchmark used by the government of India to indicate economic disadvantages and to identify individuals and households in need of government assistance and aid. According to the World Bank a person is regarded as in the BPL category if he/she is living on less than 1.9 international dollars a day.

SOCIO STUDY USING SECONDARY DATA (CENSUS OF INDIA, 2011)District Demographic

The district of Palamu lies in the north-west part of the state of Jharkhand. It contains 3 sub-divisions, viz., Daltonganj, Hussainabad and Chhatarpur and three statutory towns i.e. Hussainabad (NP), Bishrampur (NP) and Medininagar

Palamu ranks 6th in terms of population (19,39,869) and 5th in terms of area (4393sq. km.) in the state of Jharkhand. In terms of population per sq.km. Palamu is the 12th densely populated district in the state with 442 persons per sq.km as against the state’s 414. The economy of the district mainly depends on cultivation or related work. More than 72% of the total workers are engaged in the Primary sector. 24.31 % and 66.23 % of Households of main source of drinking water are from uncovered- well and hand pump respectively of the villages

DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF STUDY AREA

The secondary data was analysed with respect to the demographic details, occupational pattern, literacy rate and available village amenities to reveal the socio-economic status of the project area lie within 10 Km buffer zone from the project site. A total of 70 villages fall within the radial distance of 10 Km from the project site. All these villages fall in district Palamu, Jharkhand. The demographic profile shows that the total population of the study area is 118100 which constitute 21721 households. The detailed demographic profile of the study areas are as follows:

● Village having minimum population- Makai (Population 23, Household 6).

● Village having maximum population-Pipra (Population 36389, Households 6602).



The average sex ratio of the study area is 941 with highest in village Makai (1300) and lowest in village Bishunpur (778). The average sex ratio of the age group 0 to 6 years is 1078.

The average SC population is 30.17% with maximum in Village Makai (100 %) with no SC population in 12 villages.

The average ST population of the study area is 6.84% of the total population.

According to the census data 2011, the overall literacy rate of the study area is 61.12% with male literacy rate is 72.43 % and female literacy rate is 48.82 %.

The list of total villages lies within the buffer zone of the project site are shown below

List of villages within radial distance of 10 Km from the project site

Table 56. List of villages in 10 km radius

Sr. No. Villages Sr. No. Villages Sr. No. Villages

1 Achanga Alias Harka 24 Gurdi 47 Lohardaga

2 Bagh Mandwa 25 Halga 48 Madheya

3 Bajardiha 26 Hisra Alias Barwadih 49 Majhganwan

4 Bana 27 Jaleya 50 Makai

5 Banai 28 Jarka 51 Mallahtoli

6 Barwadih 29 Jenjira 52 Masuria

7 Bhitihara 30 Jharapdih 53 Mayapur

8 Binhua 31 Jhurha 54 Murma Kalan

9 Birja 32 Joga 55 Murma Khurd

10 Bishunpur 33 Kadhwan 56 Nima

11 Bokeya Kalan 34 Kalianpur 57 Oria

12 Bokeya Khurd 35 Kamta 58 Pahargerua

13 Chaura 36 Karcha 59 Pataria

14 Chetma 37 Ketat Kalan 60 Phatia

15 Dandila 38 Ketat Khurd 61 Pipra

16 Darua 39 Khajuri 62 Ragda



17 Dulsulma 40 Khajuri 63 Sankha

18 Dumaria 41 Korta 64 Seora

19 Gangi 42 Kosiara 65 Sigsigi

20 Garhwat 43 Kulhi 66 Sulumdag

21 Gaura 44 Kundi 67 Titahi

22 Gerua 45 Kutmu 68 Tolra

23 Ghaghua 46 Lapea 69 Ulipahari

(Source: Census data 2011) 70 Urdwar

Demographic details of buffer areas

Table 57. Demographica of the buffer zone

Sr. No. NameNo of

Households

Total Population

PersonSex Ratio

Sex Ratio (0-6 age groups)

Scheduled Castes %

Scheduled Tribes %

1Achanga Alias Harka

18 92 804 500 0 0

2 Bagh Mandwa 394 2060 922 988 31.70 03 Bajardih 63 380 900 903 68.95 04 Bana 116 583 990 1345 26.42 1.205 Banai 308 1534 952 1102 8.60 35.726 Barwadih 246 1104 954 1227 43.03 10.787 Bhitihara 255 1220 940 1034 46.23 0.008 Binhua 245 1221 887 1000 36.12 0.009 Birja 187 962 975 863 0.00 0.00

10 Bishunpur 110 649 778 553 40.22 0.0011 Bokeya Kalan 231 1076 939 792 0.00 0.0012 Bokeya Khurd 60 225 907 789 2.22 0.0013 Chaura 306 1362 968 1060 63.95 0.0014 Chetma 87 459 970 1323 9.15 59.4815 Dandila 439 2349 943 810 74.24 0.0016 Darua 285 1480 1099 1281 23.65 0.0017 Dulsulma 467 2485 988 979 10.91 82.0118 Dumaria 44 227 908 1273 73.57 0.0019 Gangi 194 967 870 949 0.00 0.0020 Garhwat 47 264 985 611 0.00 0.0021 Gaura 252 1392 923 1045 38.22 36.28



22 Gerua 41 188 1212 1333 85.11 0.0023 Ghaghua 91 527 856 857 4.17 0.0024 Gurdi 209 1257 871 763 19.17 0.0025 Halga 123 629 906 859 0.00 0.00

26Hisra Alias Barwadih

476 2502 940 1087 49.44 0.00

27 Jaleya 23 135 875 1250 90.37 5.1928 Jarka 42 239 927 1500 17.99 0.4229 Jenjira 16 87 891 6000 0.00 0.0030 Jharapdih 9 58 813 222 0.00 0.0031 Jhurha 12 61 1259 2000 75.41 0.0032 Joga 482 2270 895 910 27.71 0.0033 Kadhwan 335 1802 923 791 44.01 0.3934 Kalianpur 33 163 1145 769 0.00 0.0035 Kamta 169 945 917 1145 38.84 0.0036 Karcha 105 535 945 917 39.63 22.2437 Ketat Kalan 370 2612 918 902 11.29 0.0038 Ketat Khurd 126 616 931 1056 71.75 0.0039 Khajuri 276 1474 960 799 29.72 53.2640 Khajuri 126 658 891 1318 1.37 75.0841 Korta 72 385 944 860 20.78 76.3642 Kosiara 440 2126 967 1042 12.32 0.0043 Kulhi 101 551 947 977 8.71 0.0044 Kundi 173 937 944 912 28.50 0.0045 Kutmu 1366 7889 918 932 25.69 0.7246 Lapea 181 1276 902 981 49.76 0.0047 Lohardaga 124 667 962 818 46.03 0.0048 Madheya 104 553 862 841 48.64 0.0049 Majhganwan 172 799 973 902 14.77 0.0050 Makai 6 23 1300 1500 100.00 0.0051 Mallahtoli 302 1888 942 989 2.49 0.0052 Masuria 224 1414 1073 1287 13.86 0.0053 Mayapur 86 554 884 1045 19.49 0.0054 Murma Kalan 742 3887 896 1016 60.82 0.1055 Murma Khurd 503 2531 904 964 39.39 0.1656 Nima 122 750 794 508 33.20 0.0057 Oria 20 113 1055 2286 0.00 0.0058 Pahargerua 149 808 956 1052 36.63 0.0059 Pataria 402 2158 852 910 67.24 0.0060 Phatia 65 353 940 1240 77.90 0.00



61 Pipra 6602 36389 936 946 38.39 0.8562 Ragda 71 402 896 971 0.00 0.0063 Sankha 225 1367 865 911 19.90 0.0064 Seora 155 984 918 922 20.53 0.0065 Sigsigi 647 3411 927 877 10.73 0.1866 Sulumdag 300 1747 1001 1000 2.58 12.0267 Titahi 30 189 909 867 0.00 0.0068 Tolra 544 2856 934 1060 25.67 6.6269 Ulipahari 123 741 885 733 26.45 0.0070 Urdwar 252 1503 888 1224 58.42 0.07

TOTAL 21721 118100 941 1078 30.17 6.84Source: Census data, 2011

Literacy Profile of the buffer zone

Figure 46. Rural literacy profile

Economic Status

As per census data 2011, the work profile of people lying within the buffer area is shown below.

The total workers percentage of the study area is 37.72%. The average percentage of total main workers in the project area is 32.31%. The total male worker of the study area is 70.21% and female workers percentage is 29.79%. The work participation rate is minimum in village Phatia (18.70%) and maximum in village Kulhi



(82.03%). The total marginal worker is 67.79%. The total percentage of the non-working population of the buffer area is 62.28%. The economic status of people is shown in graph

Figure 47. Work profile of the study area

SOCIAL ECONOMIC DETAILS (PRIMARY DATA)

The project lies at village Dandila Khurd, district- Palamu, Jharkhand. The main objective of the socio-economic study is to collect social and economic information of the area and to identify the expected impacts due to the project activities and to suggest the appropriate mitigation measures.

The village level information was gathered for the villages which were selected for the study using census data, 2011 and compared with the district level census record, 2011.

Methodology

The process of collecting data using primary survey is as follows:

Selection of villages to be surveyed, during the selection process criteria followed is-

❖ 100% of the villages selected lies between 1 km from the project site, 50% of overall villages from 1 to 3 km, 30% from 3 to 4 km, and 20% from 4 to 5



km distances from the project site. These villages justify the overall socio-economic scenario of the study area.

❖ Selection of one village at a time and project affected families to be surveyed individually.

❖ Indirect affected villages to be surveyed using focus group discussion having 15 to 20 persons in a group.

❖ Physical survey for sanitation, drinking water facilities, availability of banks, primary health centres, roads, education facilities and source of income of the villagers.

The selection of four villages (Dandila Kalan, Bishunpur, Gordiha and Dandila Khurd) within radial distance of 5 Km from the project site has been done and the proper study related to literacy rate, economic status and work profile of the population of that area. The details of the villages that have been surveyed during the study are shown below in table.

Distance and directions of villages from the project site

Table 58. Details of the villages surveyed

Sr. No. Villages Distance and directions from the project site

1 Dandila Kalan 0.53 km, W

2 Bishunpur 0.41 km, ESE

3 Gordiha 1.38 km, SSE

4 Dandila Khurd 0.89 km, SSW

Source: Google Earth

The details of surveyed villages

Table 59. Details of surveyed villages

Name of villagesSr. No. Parameters

Dandila Kalan Bishunpur Gordinha Dandila Khurd

1 Household approx. 500 100 200 170



2 Population 2500 600 1000 1000

3Source of income/Occupation

Agriculture, Service, & Private Job

Agriculture, Service, Private Jobs & Business

Agriculture, Service, & Private Job

Agriculture, Service, Private Jobs & Business

4 % Working Status

(a)Agriculture labours and others

80 60 65 60

(b) Private Job 15 25 20 30

(c) Government Job 5 9 15 7

(d) Self Employed - 6 - 3

5 Main cropPaddy & Wheat

Paddy & WheatWheat, Paddy

& MaizeWheat, Paddy &

Maize

6 SchoolAnganwadi &

Upto High School

Anganwadi & Primary School

Anganwadi, & Upto Middle

School

Anganwadi, Primary School &

College

7 Hospital NIL

Asha worker, private clinic, dispensary & Birla hospital

NIL Asha worker

8 Post office NIL NIL NIL NIL

9 Bank YES YES NIL NIL

10 Market YES Local Market Private shops Private shops

11 Electricity YES YES YES YES

12 Source of waterHandpump &

Borewell

Open well, handpump, tube well &

Borewell

Handpump & Tube well

River, Handpump, Tubewell &

Borewell

13 Toilet Facility % 95 80 100 90

14 Transport FacilityBicycles, Bikes,

Tractors, Tempo & Cars

Bicycles, Bikes, Tractors,

Tempo & Cars

Bicycles, Bikes, Tractors,

Tempo & Cars

Bicycles, Bikes, Tractors, Tempo

& Cars

15 APL % 30 20 50 40



16 BPL % 70 80 50 60

Source: Physical Survey by Socio-economic team members

This area is moderately developed with well connectivity of roadways, drinking water is sourced mainly through hand pump, tubewell, borewell but in few villages people also depend on open well and river water to meet their daily water requirements. The village areas are developing day by day but still lacking proper education and health facilities. These villages have small private shops and transport facilities like Bicycles, Bikes, Tractors, Tempo and cars are available. Most of the population depends on agricultural activities for their livelihood. The comprehensive data of the buffer area with census data 2011, of Palamu district is shown below.

Comprehensive results of the study area and the district census record, 2011

Table 60. Comprehensive results of the study area & district census recors

Parameters Study area (Buffer area)

District Census Data, 2011

Total 118100 1,939,869

Male 61171 1,006,302Population

Female 56929 933,567

Per (1000) 941 928Sex ratio

Sex ratio (0-6 age groups)

1078 945

Average 61.12% 63.63%

Male 72.43% 74.30%Literacy

Female 48.82% 52.09%

The average literacy rate of the study area as compared to the district census record, 2011 is below (District average literacy rate: 63.63% and study area: 61.12%), there is also low male and female literacy rate of the study area as we can see in the above table but, among the young or age below 18 years literacy rate is better than before. They are more aware about the importance of education. The main reason behind the



low literacy rate of the study area is due to unemployment, poverty and not better education facilities available in every village. It is observed at the time of survey that most of the population about 66% of the total population depends on agriculture activities like either they work in their own field or they work as daily wage labourers in others field. About 23% of the total population migrated towards cities for work. They work in industries as a labour for their livelihood. Only 9% are employed in government service and 2% have their own business like small private shops.

The development of the Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Unit in the area will generate temporary & permanent employment opportunities for the local people which improve the living standards of the community. It will also generate indirect employment opportunities for people in the form of drivers, shopkeepers, guards, gardeners etc.

Health Status

Palamu is one of the twenty four districts of Jharkhand state. The total population of the district is about 19.39 Lakhs. It is one of the country’s 250 most backward districts of India. Most of the population depends on agricultural activities for their livelihood. According to “Annual health fact sheet 2011-12” district Palamu, Jharkhand, the most prominent diseases observed in this district as compared to the state (Jharkhand) is shown in the table below.

Table 61. Comprehensive table of the affected population from several diseases

Persons suffering per 1 Lakh population

Parameters District (Palamu) Jharkhand

Diarrhoea/Dysentery 331 371

Acute Respiratory Infection (ARI) 1530 3142

Fever (All Types) 3984 3390

Chronic Illness 5724 7856

Diabetes 293 683

Hypertension 305 789

Tuberculosis 338 320



Asthma/Chronic Respiratory Disease

362 415

Arthritis 1272 1196

Source: Annual health survey 2011-12 fact sheet

3.13. Traffic SurveyTraffic Survey:

Traffic survey is a very important parameter to assess the impact due to the proposed project on local existing transportation. Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit. by M/s Suntek Plasticizer Private Limited is located on Garhwa Road, which connects Rajhara-Garhwa Road. This is the main access road to Project Site.

Road Identification:

A traffic survey was carried out on Garhwa Road, which is the main approach to the proposed project and Rajhara-Garhwa Road. Both roads are a two-lane, two-way road (without divider) and Each lane is 3 meters wide with 1mtr space on either side.

Conversion Factor (Ref: IRC 106, 1990):

PCU values are used to convert various vehicles into one standard vehicle i.e. Passenger car units (PCU). The PCU values as per IRC are as given below:

Table 62. Conversion factor (Ref:IRC 106:1990)

S. No. VEHICLE TYPE PCU VALUE1 Car 12 Two-wheeler 0.53 Truck/bus 2.24 Auto 1.25 LCV 26 Tractor and Trailor 57 Cycle rickshaw 0.5

Methodology:



Traffic survey was carried out on both sides (up & down) of the Road. Vehicles are observed and counted for 17 hours. The table below represents the total no. of vehicles over 17-hour duration.

I. Traffic Analysis: Garhwa-Rajhara Road - 2 Lane, 18 Meters

Table 63. Traffic Analysis: Garhwa-Rajhara Road - 2 Lane, 18 Meters

Hours Baseline Incremental

CarBus/ Truck

Two Wheele

r

Others/

AutoPCU/

HrPCU/Hr

Baseline

PCU/Hr

Predicted

PCU/Hr

Capacity of

Road in PCU/Hr

LOS Baseline

LOS Incremen

tal%

increase

06:00- 07:00 78 30 76 24 211 4 211 215 2143 0.098 0.100 1.89807:00- 08:00 70 38 90 28 232 2 232 234 2143 0.108 0.109 0.86108:00-09:00 50 48 116 34 254 4 254 258 2143 0.119 0.121 1.57209:00-10:00 49 60 140 38 297 6 297 303 2143 0.138 0.141 2.02310:00-11:00 38 54 138 43 277 4 277 281 2143 0.129 0.131 1.44211:00-12:00 44 50 126 41 266 2 266 268 2143 0.124 0.125 0.75112:00-13:00 60 48 120 39 272 2 272 274 2143 0.127 0.128 0.73413:00-14:00 62 50 112 38 274 3 274 277 2143 0.128 0.129 1.19614:00-15:00 72 46 100 36 266 2 266 268 2143 0.124 0.125 0.75115:00-16:00 62 50 106 42 275 3 275 279 2143 0.129 0.130 1.18816:00-17:00 70 46 96 34 260 2 260 262 2143 0.121 0.122 0.83917:00-18:00 46 44 110 40 246 3 246 249 2143 0.115 0.116 1.10918:00-19:00 50 60 130 44 300 4 300 304 2143 0.140 0.142 1.27319:00-20:00 58 58 122 46 302 2 302 304 2143 0.141 0.142 0.66320:00-21:00 60 42 114 40 257 2 257 259 2143 0.120 0.121 0.77721:00-22:00 74 36 98 39 249 4 249 253 2143 0.116 0.118 1.53322:00-23:00 88 24 74 32 216 5 216 221 2143 0.101 0.103 2.270Average 61 46 110 38 262 3 262 265 2143 0.12 0.12 1.23

II. Traffic Analysis: Approach Road (Garhwa Road) - 2 Lane, 8 Meters

Table 64. Traffic Analysis: Approach Road (Garhwa Road) - 2 Lane, 8 Meters

Hours Baseline Incremental

CarBus/ Truck

Two Wheel

erOthers/

AutoPCU/

HrPCU/

Hr

Baseline

PCU/ Hr

Predicted

PCU/Hr

Capacity of Road in

PCU/Hr

LOS Baselin

e

LOS Incremen

tal%

increase06:00- 07:00 54 22 63 20 159 4 159 163 2143 0.074 0.076 2.514

07:00- 08:00 49 29 75 22 177 2 177 179 2143 0.082 0.083 1.13108:00-09:00 35 36 97 29 197 4 197 201 2143 0.092 0.094 2.030



09:00-10:00 34 45 117 31 228 6 228 234 2143 0.106 0.109 2.63010:00-11:00 27 42 115 36 220 4 220 224 2143 0.103 0.105 1.81811:00-12:00 31 38 105 34 207 2 207 209 2143 0.096 0.097 0.96712:00-13:00 41 36 100 33 210 2 210 212 2143 0.098 0.099 0.95313:00-14:00 43 38 93 31 211 3 211 214 2143 0.098 0.100 1.55114:00-15:00 50 35 83 30 205 2 205 207 2143 0.096 0.097 0.97415:00-16:00 42 37 88 34 209 3 209 212 2143 0.098 0.099 1.56516:00-17:00 49 34 80 28 197 2 197 200 2143 0.092 0.093 1.10617:00-18:00 33 34 92 33 194 3 194 196 2143 0.090 0.092 1.40818:00-19:00 35 46 108 37 234 4 234 237 2143 0.109 0.111 1.63419:00-20:00 41 44 102 38 234 2 234 236 2143 0.109 0.110 0.85320:00-21:00 42 34 95 34 203 2 203 205 2143 0.095 0.096 0.98321:00-22:00 51 27 82 32 189 4 189 193 2143 0.088 0.090 2.01522:00-23:00 60 18 62 27 164 5 164 169 2143 0.077 0.079 2.991Average 42 35 92 31 202 3 202 205 2143 0.09 0.10 1.60

Summary of Traffic Survey

Table 65. Summary of traffic survey of Garhwa-Rajhara road

Parameter Existing Proposed

WIDTH (m) 18

Carrying Capacity (PCU/ Hr)

2143

Traffic (PCU/Hr) 262 3

Garhwa-Rajhara

Road

LOS 0.12 i.e. Cat "A" 0.12 i.e cat "A"

Table 66. Summary of traffic of approach road (Garhwa Road)

Parameter Existing Proposed

WIDTH (m) 8

Carrying Capacity (PCU/ Hr)

2143

Approach Road

(Garhwa Road)

Traffic (PCU/Hr) 202 3



LOS 0.09 i.e. Cat "A" 0.09 i.e cat "A"

Table 67. Inference based on IRC 106:1990

S.no LOS Value (Ratio of V:C) (V/C)

Category Inference based on IRC 106: 1990

1 0-0.2 A Represents a condition of free flow; individual users are generally unaffected by others in the traffic and this condition is generally considered in the Excellent Category.

2 0.2-0.4 B Represents a condition of stable flow; individual users have a level of comfort and convenience but less than that of A.

3 0.4-0.6 C Represents a condition of zonal stable flow; individual users are starting in a bit of discomfort; users start to feel inconvenience due to the presence of other users on the road. The general level of discomfort increases and there is a noticeable decline in inconvenience.

4 0.6-0.8 D Represents the level of stable flow; the Level of comfort of users is poor and discomfort is significant in the flow of traffic. This category traffic streams are extremely susceptible to traffic problems.

5 0.8-1 E Represents operating conditions close to capacity level; freedom to traffic stream is low and the speed is relatively uniform but very less. Comfort and convenience is relatively poor and discomfort is visible.

6 1 or above F Breakdown Flow; These streams often and broken down, susceptible to long delays and therefore there is huge discomfort in these streams.



Hence it is concluded that since the carrying capacity of Garhwa-Rajhara Road is much higher than the proposed traffic volume. Therefore, the traffic to & form of proposed, Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit project will not create any traffic congestion.



4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation MeasuresPrediction of impacts is the most important component in the Environmental Impact Assessment studies. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to predict impacts of developmental activities on physical, ecological and socio-economic environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction of impacts helps to minimize the adverse impacts on environmental quality during pre-and post-project execution.

Generally, the environmental impacts can be categorized as either primary or secondary. Primary impacts are those, which are attributed directly by the project and secondary impacts are those, which are indirectly induced and typically include the associated investment and changed patterns of social and economic activities by the proposed actions.

4.1. Impact Assessment MethodologyFor the proposed project, the impact assessment shall be performed in following steps:

● Identification of interactions between activities and environmental receptors. ● Identification of potentially significant environmental impacts.

Based on this preliminary identification, environmental indices that are likely to be impacted due to the project are:

● Land use / Land cover: Land use will not change as the construction/alteration will be done within the existing unit land. However, land cover will be changed with the Construction/installation and alteration of sheds.

● Air quality: Dust generation during construction/installation, vehicle movement, loading/unloading, manufacturing process, transportation and operation of DG set, APCS, etc.

● Noise: Vehicle movement during construction, operation of DG set, APCS, manufacturing process, loading/unloading.



● Water: Disposal of waste water from construction activity/ labour, process water, cooling tower, washing and other domestic use

● Soil: Excavation activity and chemical contamination.● Storage and handling of Chemicals, solid and hazardous waste.● Ecology and Biodiversity: Construction activities and emission from

operational activities may have an effect on the avi fauna and the existing plantation of the study area.

● Socio – Economic: There will be both Positive and negative impact. Positive impact due to creation of jobs and increase in indirect income. Indirect impact on the surrounding environment due to air emissions, solid waste generation and Noise generation

● Occupational health, community Health and safety: Occupational risk during various activities associated with construction and the running of the project.

4.2. Potential Impacts during Construction Phase

4.2.1. Activity- Site Preparation and levellingAspects:

● Loss of green cover● Increased PM/dust● Increased gaseous emissions● Increased ambient noise

Table 68. Activity- Site Preparation and levelling

Environmental components

Impact Proposed Mitigation Measures

-Construction activities for the project will be confined to the project site only for a short duration.-Water sprinkling will be done to reduce the dust generation.

Air Environment

Increased PM level and dust generation due to site preparation & levelling may cause respiratory problems to the workers and people in the vicinity. -Dust suppression systems (water

spray) shall be done as per requirement at the project site.



-Adequate PPE and nose masks will be provided to the workers who will be engaged in dust generating activities.

-The storm water recharge capacity will be decreased.

Water Environment

-Dust emission deposition over Surface water body may deteriorate its quality by increasing the pathogen in water body and thereby affecting the aquatic life and making water unfit for consumption.

-Proper drainage for storm-water shall be maintained.-Water sprinkling will be done to reduce the dust generation.-Flexible Dust suppression systems (water spray) shall be done as per requirement at the construction site.

Land Use-Levelling of the site will change the contour level of the site.

-The construction and developmental activities will be done to provide and maintain the artificial contour level.

Soil EnvironmentDue to removal of vegetation, decrease in fertility of soil, chances of soil erosion.

Compaction of Soil will be done to avoid soil erosion.

Socio-Economic

-Increased dust & PM level generation may lead to problems like respiratory ailments, annoyance, irritation etc. to workers and nearby people to the site.

-Protective masks & equipment will be given to workers. -Barricading will be done across the boundary of the project site.

Ecology & Biodiversity

-Clearing of existing vegetation will lead to loss of green area.-Increased noise will cause disturbance of existing fauna and uprooting of existing trees & construction activities may lead to displacement of fauna due to habitat fragmentation.-Increased dust within the vicinity will lead to death/chlorosis of nearby plants.

-Only a few bushes present at the project site will be cleared. No trees exist at the site hence no uprooting of existing trees shall be done leading habitat fragmentation.-All the activity will be carried along within the site where there is no habitat of flora & fauna and the exposure noise to the vicinity is very less due to noise barriers. However, all machineries will be checked and maintained properly to reduce the noise level.-Water sprinkling systems will be installed to reduce dust generation.

Noise & VibrationDuring site preparation excavators will be used which may cause

-Noise generated due to site preparation and levelling will be only



whole body vibration of the operator and also may cause auditory impact. Other machinery used for consolidation and compaction of concrete will also generate noise and vibrate which may cause physiological and psychological effects on the operators like annoyance, headache, hand arm vibration and whole-body vibration and may also cause annoyance to the people in the vicinity.

for a specified period during day time only. Excavator deployed will have a closed cabin with a vibration isolator. -Self compacting concrete will be used in place of consolidating the concrete by means of vibrators or hand consolidation due to which there will be minimal or negligible noise and vibration generation.-Proper barricading of site will be done. Workers will be provided with ear plugs/muffs.

Hydrology & Geology

No major impact envisaged None

Solid & Hazardous Waste

-Wastes like litter and other C&D wastes will decrease the aesthetic value of the site, dust emissions and unhygienic environment.

-Litter will be fed to grazing animals as fodder and C&D wastes will be sent to C&D facility.

4.2.2. Activity- ExcavationAspects:

● Removal of soil, top soil & run off soil● Increased dust emission & PM generation● Water requirement & Deterioration of water quality● Landslide● Increased noise level & vibration

Table 69. Activity- Excavation

Environmental component

Impact Proposed Mitigation

Air Environment -Dust generated due to excavation may cause respiratory problems to the excavator, operator, construction workers at site and people in the vicinity.-Increased dust emissions will result in deposition of dust on

-Water sprinkling will be done to reduce the dust generation.-Wind-breaker of 10 meters height will be provided on the construction area.-Dust suppression systems (water spray) will be done as per the requirement at the construction site.



leaves that will lead to death/chlorosis of plants by reducing transpiration rate.

-Proper nose masks will be provided to the workers who were engaged in dust generating activities.-Excavated soil will be stacked properly under tarpaulin cover to reduce dust emissions.

Water Environment

-Freshwater used for construction activities may lead to a decrease in quantity of the same. -The excavation may intersect the ground water level if done beyond ground water level; hence impacting the ground water quality. -During the construction period, stagnation of water may lead to breeding of mosquitoes which may lead to diseases in the nearby areas. -Run off of water during construction may lead to soil erosion.

-Tanker water will be used for construction purposes instead of fresh water.-Excavation will be done for the foundation only such that it will not intersect the ground water level, hence it will not impact the ground water quality.

Land Use No further change in Land Use.

Soil Environment -Excavation will lead to removal of a huge amount of topsoil from the site that will lead to a decrease in soil fertility.-Excavation will permanently depress land productivity, destabilize landscapes, increasing the potential for wind and water for soil erosion. Hence, there will be loss in soil biota due to excavation and vibration.-Soil erosion may occur if soil is disturbed, left bare, and exposed to the abrasive action of wind and water-Excavation will lead to further change in natural contours.

-Excavated soil for foundation will be preserved under tarpaulin cover and shall be used for backfilling. The productive topsoil will be preserved separately by initially stacking the soil and covered with grass planted on it. Later it will be used in the project in landscaping thus, avoiding impact on productivity of the soil.-Wind-breaker of 10 meters height will be provided on the construction area & regular water sprinkling will be done to avoid soil erosion. -The construction and development activities will be done to provide and maintain the artificial contour level.



Socio Economic -Increased dust emission and noise generation may cause physiological problems like asthma, occupational lung disease and psychological problems like irritation, nuisance, havoc to workers and nearby people.

-The proposed emission is only there for a very limited time. Construction work will be regulated for a limited time (during day time) only. -Personal protective equipment will be provided to labourers.


-Removal of topsoil will affect the habitat of micro-organism and subterranean invertebrates and also loss of soil during excavation may lead to loss of soil microclimate and plants in the area due to decrease in soil binding capacity.-Increased dust generation will result in deposition of dust on leaves which may cause decrease in transpiration rate for the plants with dense foliage which eventually will result in a decrease in plant/tree cover.-Increased noise will cause disturbance of existing avi-fauna. Since, avi-fauna is not restricted to one place for a long time, thus it will not result in their displacement, but could affect their local population till the project is completed.-There will be loss in soil biota due to excavation and vibration.

-The excavated topsoil will be used in a landscape area within the colony which will help in recovery of habitat of micro-organism and the subterranean invertebrates. Rest excavated soil will be used for backfilling and restoring the soil binding capacity.-Water sprinkling will be done to reduce the dust generation.-All the construction activities will be carried out during the daytime. No activity will be done in the late evening which is the roosting time for the avian population and also no construction would be done during night time.-Proper maintenance of the excavator will be carried out and excavator will be provided with a vibration isolator.

Noise & Vibration -High level of noise generation along with vibration which may cause mental & physiological effects on construction laborers & nearby people like annoyance, headache, Auditory impact, increase in heartbeat of elderly people.

-The noise due to the running of excavators is limited only for specified periods of construction and during day-time only. -Provision of protective devices like earmuffs/plugs to the workers will be done. -Proper maintenance of the excavator will be carried out and excavator will be



-There will be an impact on excavator operators like whole body vibration and auditory impact. The noise level generation due to the excavator will be 85-90 dB (A).

provided with closed cabin and vibration isolator-Wind-breaker of 10 m will be provided in the construction area.

Hydrology & Geology

-Soil substratum will be altered due to excavation. Alteration of substratum will have a minor effect and confined to project site only.-The excavation may intersect the ground water level if done beyond ground water level; hence impacting the ground water quality

-Excavation will be done in phases, hence alteration of substratum will not lead to any landslide.-Excavation will be done for the foundation such that it will not intersect the ground water level, hence it will not impact the ground water quality.

Solid & Hazardous waste

-Wastes like litter and other C&D wastes will be generated that will decrease the aesthetic value of the site, dust emissions and unhygienic environment.

-Litter will be fed to grazing animals as fodder and C&D wastes will be sent to C&D facility.

4.2.3. Activity- Compacting and other related workAspects:

● Increased dust emissions & PM generation● Water requirement & Deterioration of water quality● Soil compaction & run off soil● Run off of water & Stagnation of water● Noise generation

Table 70. Activity- Compacting and other related work



Air Environment

-Dust generation and PM level generation will be lower than activities like excavation and site levelling. So, there will be relatively lower impact on air. However,

-Dust suppression and water sprinkling system will be installed for suppression of particulates.



Increased PM generation might cause irritability to workers and nearby people.

-Adequate PPE and nose masks will be provided to the workers who are engaged in dust generation activities.

Water Environment

-Freshwater used for construction activities may lead to a decrease in quantity of the same. -Soil during compaction activity may contaminate water resources that could lead water unfit for consumption.

-Tanker water will be used for construction purposes instead of fresh water.-Mixing soil with water bodies will be prevented by covering loose material with tarpaulin cover.

Land Use There is no impact NoneSoil Environment

-Compaction of soil as well as mixing of construction material with soil may lead to reduction of infiltration of water; decrease in permeability and increased runoff.-Soil erosion may occur if soil is disturbed, left bare, and/or exposed to the abrasive action of wind and water.

-Compaction and stabilization are resorted during filling to ensure that no topsoil is washed away. Proper care will be taken to prevent soil erosion.-Compaction will lead to settlement of soil that would prevent dust emission in the local area & soil erosion.

Socio Economic -Increased noise & vibration generation might lead to uneasiness and irritation to nearby people and workers.

-High-quality compactors will be installed to reduce noise & vibration.


-Due to compaction activity, there will be less dust generation & hence there will not be much impact on existing nearby flora & fauna. However, nearby avi-fauna may face disturbance due to noise generation.

-Water sprinkling will be done to reduce the dust generation.-Noise due to the running of the compactor will be limited only for specified periods of construction and during day-time only.

Noise & Vibration

-Increased noise (80-85 dB(A)),& vibration activities during compaction may be generated which may cause physiological and psychological effects on the operators like annoyance, headache, hand arm

-Noise due to the running of the compactor will be limited only for specified periods of construction and during day-time only.



vibration and whole-body vibration and may also cause annoyance to the people in the vicinity.

-Provision of protective devices like earmuffs/plugs to the workers will be provided. -Regular & proper maintenance of the compactor will be carried out and its silencer will be regularly checked and provided with a vibration isolator.-Barricading of the site will be done in order to reduce noise impacts outside the project boundary.

Hydrology & Geology

There is no impact None


There is no impact None

4.2.4. Activity- Construction of foundationAspects:

● Dust emission● Water requirement & Deterioration of water quality● Noise emission through construction● Soil erosion● Stagnation of wastewater & run off water● Generation of construction & demolition waste

Table 71. Activity- Construction of foundation



Air Environment -Increased PM value generation may lead to respiratory problems like occupational respiratory diseases, asthma etc. to workers.

-Water sprinkling will be done to reduce the dust generation.-Construction and Demolition Waste generated will be properly stacked and covered within the project site for due course of time before reuse or disposal.



-Increased dust generation due to construction activity and handling of C&D waste may lead to degradation of air quality which would be harmful for workers & nearby people.

-Nose masks shall be provided to the labours working in dust-prone areas

Water Environment

-For construction activities, 8 KLD water will be required. Utilization of fresh water may impact the water demand of the vicinity.-During the construction period, stagnation of water & run off water may lead to breeding of mosquitoes & water runoff can lead to soil erosion and Soil runoff if comes in contact to water body, may deteriorate its quality.

-Tanker water will be used for construction purposes instead of fresh water.-During the construction period, runoff from the construction site shall not be allowed to stand (water logging) or enter the roadside or nearby drain.-The runoff due to rain water from the site shall be collected and reused.

Land Use There is no impact NoneSoil Environment -Soil erosion may occur if soil is

disturbed, left bare, and exposed to the abrasive action of wind and water.

-Proper care will be taken while stacking/storage of excavated material.

Socio Economic There is no impact NoneEcology & Biodiversity

-Increased PM level will result in deposition of dust on leaves which may cause decrease in transpiration rate of flora with dense foliage in surrounding areas.-Increased noise & vibration may cause disturbance of existing flora & fauna.

-Water sprinkling will be done to reduce the dust generation.-All the activity will be carried along within the site where there is no habitat of flora & fauna and the exposure of noise to the vicinity is very less due to noise barriers. However, all machineries will be checked and maintained properly to reduce the noise level.



Noise & Vibration -Noise generation along with vibration due to operation of concrete mixer (85 dB(A)), handling of construction materials, loading and unloading of C&D waste and masonry works may cause psychological & physiological effects like annoyance, headache, Auditory impact, increase in heart rate and blood pressure in elderly people, workers & people in the vicinity.

-The noise will be limited only for specified periods of construction and during day-time only. -Provision of protective devices like earmuffs/plugs to the workers will be done. -Ready Mix concrete will be used instead of concrete mixer so no noise generation will be there due it.-Proper training will be given to the workers regarding handling of construction materials. Workers will not be allowed to throw the construction materials like bricks from height.-Loading and unloading of C&D waste will be done from loaders/excavators directly to tippers/trucks to ensure minimal noise generation. Workers will be provided with ear plugs/ear muffs.-Proper barricading will be done around the project site which helps in controlling noise emission to & from the site to some extent.

Hydrology & Geology

No impact None


-Construction debris & waste materials like cement bags, steel in bits and pieces and packaging materials etc. generated will decrease the aesthetic value of the site, dust emissions and unhygienic environment.

-Recyclable waste construction material will be sold to authorized recyclers.-The construction debris will be used within the site for filling floors, roads, aggregate for mortar etc. to the extent feasible. Remaining will be disposed off at the C & D waste disposal facility.

4.2.5. Activity- Construction of SuperStructureAspects:

● Increased dust generation



● Increased noise level● Generation of C&D waste● Water contamination● Run-off of water & Stagnation of water

Table 72. Activity-Construction of super structure



Air Environment -Dust generation from construction activity and deposition of the same around the project area will affect the respiratory health of workers and nearby population.-Handling of C&D waste can cause the generation of dust which can cause problems in breathing to the construction workers and nearby population. Emission of VOCs from paints can cause irritation in eyes, nose and throat, can cause difficulty in breathing and nausea.

-Water sprinkling will be done to reduce the dust generation.-Flexible dust suppression systems (water spray) shall be done as per the requirement at the construction site.-Construction and Demolition Waste will be reused for backfilling to a major extent and rest will be sent to C&D waste site.-Nose masks shall be provided to the labours working in dust-prone areas.

Water Environment -Utilisation of water may impact the water demand of the vicinity.-During the construction period, Stagnation of water & run off water may lead to breeding of mosquitoes & run off can lead to soil erosion.

-Tanker water shall be used for construction/installation phase, no ground or fresh water will be used.-During the construction period, runoff from the construction site shall not be allowed to stand (water logging) or enter the roadside or nearby drain.-The runoff due to rain water from the site shall be collected and reused.

Land Use No impact No impactSoil Environment -Leaching from biodegradable

waste disposal and effect on flora due to spillage of waste on soil.

-Solid waste and hazardous waste will be properly collected, stored and sent to the authorised vendor.

Socio-Economic No Impact -Ecology & Biodiversity

-Increase in PM level will result in deposition of dust on leaves which

-Water sprinkling will be done to reduce the dust generation.



may cause decrease in transpiration rate of flora.

Noise & Vibration -Noise generation along with vibration due to loading and unloading of C&D waste, masonry works and exterior finishing etc. may cause psychological & physiological effects like annoyance, headache, auditory impact, increase in heartbeat and blood pressure in elderly people, workers & peoples in the vicinity.

-Machines and equipment will be properly greased, lubricated and regularly maintained and shall be provided with vibration isolators and noise damping, construction will be done during the day time only, proper barricading of the project site will be done and maintained during the construction. -PPE like ear plugs and muffs shall be provided to the workers at project site. Also, acoustic flooring using tiles shall be done in offices so that it acts as a noise absorber.

Hydrology & Geology

No impact None


Generation of C&D waste -Construction and Demolition Waste will be reused for backfilling to a major extent and rest will be sent to C&D waste site.

4.2.6. Activity- Installation of MachineryAspects:

● Emission of dust

● Increase in PM level

● Generation of noise

Table 73. Activity- Installation of Machinery



Air Environment -Dust will be generated due to the installation of the machineries and other equipments within the project site, which may cause respiratory problems to the workers and

-Water sprinkling will be done to reduce the dust generation.-Flexible dust suppression systems (water spray) shall be done soil or mud that will be generated from the project site during the installation of



decrease the aesthetic look of the area.

machineries will be properly stacked and covered within the project site for due course of time and if required water sprinkling will be done on the muck so that it may not blow off.

Water Environment No major impact envisaged NoneLand Use None NoneSoil Environment None NoneSocio-Economic None NoneEcology & Biodiversity

-Increased PM Level will result in deposition of dust on leaves which may cause decrease in Transpiration rate of flora

-Water sprinkling will be done to reduce the dust generation

Noise & Vibration -Drilling and hammering for installation of different equipments /machineries may generate noise and vibration. Drilling at high frequency may cause damage to nerves, tendons and muscles of the driller which may cause vibration white finger and may also cause psychological effects like annoyance and headache.

-Drilling machines should be of reputed make and in good condition and drillers may be provided anti-vibration gloves and ear muffs /plugs.

Hydrology & Geology

None None


None None

4.2.7. Activity- Operation of Construction machinery (DG set, Heavy Machinery, etc.)Aspects:

● Used oil generation

● Dust generation

● Oil & chemical spillage

● Noise generation



Table 74. Activity- Operation of Construction machinery (DG set, Heavy Machinery, etc.)



Air Environment -Emissions from the use of construction machinery will cause respiratory problems to the workers at site and nearby population.-Pollutants emitted from stack will increase the Ground Level Concentration of pollutants which will affect the respiratory health of people in the nearby area.-Generation of dust from operation of construction machinery.-Spillage of Diesel, used oil, chemicals may result in emission of VOCs in the air environment which will cause irritation in eyes, nose and throat, difficulty breathing and nausea.

-Adequate stack shall be provided in order to minimize the GLC.-Low Sulphur fuel shall be used in operation of DG sets.-Personal Protective Equipment like nose masks shall be provided to the construction workers.-Proper maintenance of construction equipment/ machinery, etc. -Dust suppression and water sprinkling system will be installed for suppression of particulates.

Water Environment -Spillage of oil & chemicals, if in any case encounters water body can deteriorate the ground-water & surface water body. Which in turn may affect life also.

-The hazardous waste generated will be used oil only. Used Oil will be stored in HDPE drums and kept in covered rooms under lock and key and will be sold to authorized vendors only.

Land Use None NoneSoil Environment -Spillage of Diesel, Chemicals, if in

any case encounters with soil & the contaminated soil.

-Procedures for maintenance of equipment would ensure that this risk is minimized, and clean-up response is rapid if any spill occurs. Lubricating waste oil shall be collected separately in drums and handed over to the authorized outside agency.

Socio-Economic None NoneEcology & Biodiversity

-Increase in PM level will result in deposition of dust on leaves which may cause decrease in Transpiration rate of flora

-Water sprinkling will be done at the site to reduce dust emission.



Noise & Vibration -Noise and vibration generated due to the operation of DG set and other machineries and equipment may cause physiological and psychological effects on labours like annoyance, problems like speech interference, sleep disturbance, headache, Auditory impact, increase in heartbeat of elderly people. Running of DG sets will cause vibration generation in the immediate surrounding of DG set area.

-DG sets will be bought acoustically enclosed meeting the norms prescribed by CPCB.-Green belt in an area of 1420.45 m2 (32.65% of plot area) along with vertical landscaping will be developed at the project site which will act as a barrier and help in reducing noise levels at the project site as a result of attenuation of noise generated due to plant operations and transportation. -Less noise producing machineries will be purchased and shall be properly lubricated and regularly maintained.-Machineries shall be equipped with vibration isolators wherever possible.-Provision of protective devices like ear muffs /plugs to the workers will be done.

Hydrology & Geology

None None


None None

4.2.8. Activity- Transportation (Raw material, Labour)Aspects:

● Vehicular emission

● Diesel/petrol leakage

● Road congestion and breakage of roads

● Dust emission

● Noise generation

Table 75. Activity- Transportation (Raw material, Labour)





Air Environment -Gaseous emissions from vehicles used for transportation will affect the health of construction workers and nearby population.-Leakage of petrol/diesel may result in emission of VOCs in the air environment which may cause irritation in eyes, nose and throat, difficulty breathing and nausea.-Transportation of construction material shall result in dust emission which will affect the respiratory health of construction workers and nearby population

-Vehicles with valid PUC certificates will be used for transportation of construction material.-The vehicle used for transportation shall comply with the conditions stipulated by SPCB in addition to the requirements mentioned in Motor Vehicle Act, 1988 (59 of 1988).-Construction material shall be transported in closed and covered trucks. -Water sprinkling shall be carried out for dust suppression from movement of transport vehicles.-Plantation of trees around the project periphery will be carried out.

Water Environment

-If dust emitted gets deposited on the water body, it can deteriorate the water quality.-If raw material fell down near or on the water body it can deteriorate the water quality.

-The vehicles carrying construction material and construction debris shall be cleaned before it is permitted to ply on the road.

Land Use None NoneSoil Environment -Contamination of soil would

occur due to Diesel/ petrol seepage into the soil if it occurs.

-Maintenance of vehicles would ensure that this risk is minimized, and clean-up response is rapid if any spill occurs.


-Vehicular emission like NO2, NO etc. can inhibit the growth of plants and pre-mature leaves senescence.-Increased PM Level will result in deposition of dust on leaves which may cause decrease in Transpiration rate of flora

-Vehicles used in the transportation of construction material will have a PUC certificate.-Water sprinkling will be done to reduce the dust generation-Dust suppression systems (water spray) shall be done as per requirement at the construction site.



Noise & Vibration -Due to transportation of construction materials and machineries for installation high levels of noise may be generated which may cause physiological & psychological effects on workers like annoyance, speech interference, headache, Auditory impact, increase in heartbeat of elderly people.-There will not be much impact due to vibration on project

-Barriers of noise absorbing materials with adequate height will be maintained throughout the boundary of the project site. -Plantation within the project site will be done which will dampen the noise.

Hydrology & Geology

None None


-Due to improper handling of raw material & waste during transportation, littering of waste will occur leading to unhygienic conditions.

-Proper care shall be taken while handling of raw material & waste during transportation will avoid littering of it on roads and site.

4.2.9. Activity- Working & daily activity of construction labourAspects:

● Solid waste & e-Waste generation

● Water requirement & waste water disposal

Table 76. Activity- Working & daily activity of construction labour



Air Environment -Bio-degradable Waste generation may lead to odour problems if not stored properly & treated within time.

-The generated organic waste shall be collected properly & shall be given to the approved vendor.



Water Environment

-For approx. 30 labours, 2 KLD of Domestic water shall be sourced through the tanker supply water and this will lead to 1.6 KLD of waste water. The waste-water if not properly disposed off, then it can deteriorate the surface water quality of nearby water body by increase in the no. of pathogens, BOD, COD, TSS etc. and making water unfit for consumption. It will also affect the aquatic life.

-Total water required during the installation phase is 2 KLD for domestic use which shall be taken from Tankers. Approximately 1.6 KLD domestic wastewater will be generated which will be discharge to soak pit via septic tank-Temporary toilets will be provided.

Land Use None NoneSoil Environment -Impact on soil due to improper

disposal of solid waste & liquid waste includes the leaching from biodegradable waste and effect on flora from spillage of waste on soil.

-Domestic wastewater will be generated which will be discharged to the soak pit via a septic tank.

Socio-Economic -If solid waste & waste-water generated, it may cause nuisance due to smell if not properly managed & treated.

-The generated organic waste shall be collected properly disposed of by approved vendor.


None None

Noise & Vibration None NoneHydrology & Geology

-Disposal of untreated waste water if it infiltrates into the ground-water may deteriorate the quality of ground-water.

-1.6 KLD domestic wastewater will be generated which will be discharged to the soak pit via septic tank.


-For approx. 30 labours, 4.5 kg/day of solid waste shall be generated. Improper storage and disposal of Biodegradable waste will enhance the risk of microbial contamination, population, will enhance the risk of disease occurrence and cause foul smell. It will attract the vectors.

-Solid waste from the labours shall be properly collected, stored in respective colour coded containers.-The generated organic waste shall be collected properly & disposed off to Municipal Solid Waste Dumping Site.-Recyclable materials like aluminium, steel, wood pieces, cement bags, plastic containers, cartons, glass etc. will be given to recyclers.



-E-waste if generated shall be properly disposed as per E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016.

4.3. Operation Phase

4.3.1. Activity: Loading, unloading & storage of raw materialAspects:

● Generation of PM, dust, chemical fumes, VOC and HAP

● Spillage/Leakage of raw material

● Generation of noise

● Generation of solid waste, packaging material

Table 77. Activity: Loading, unloading & storage of raw material

Environmental Components

Impact Mitigation Measures

Air Environment -Spillage/leakage of raw materials during loading or unloading may generate HAP gases like chlorine, and also VOCs which may cause irritation in the eyes of the workers and mucous membrane, acute respiratory illness, stress-related disorder and may also affect their immune system.-Very less dust will be generated during the loading or unloading activity.

-Workers will be trained properly regarding handling of raw materials/chemicals, PPE like nose mask and goggles will be provided to the workers. -Pneumatically transfer of liquid raw materials in reactors will be done to avoid spillage/leakage. -If required, water will be sprayed at the dust generation point.



-Spillage will be managed by detection of leaks in the first place from structures or vessels.-All chemicals shall be purchased in tanks, tankers, drums as applicable from the standard from competent suppliers and other guidelines of local and international authorities.-All the toxic chemicals will be pumped in a closed loop to the reactors to avoid fugitive emissions.-Chemicals from drums will be transferred inside the toxic cabin which will be connected to the water scrubber.

Water Environment

-Spillage of raw material, oil & chemicals, if in any case encounters water body can decorate the ground-water & surface water body. Which in turn may affect aquatic life.

-Spillage will be managed by detection of leaks in the first place from structures or vessels.-Spillage during loading, unloading & storage will be channelized properly to drains and all PPE shall be worn during this time.-The loading unloading activity will be done with a safe zone defined and in a marked safe area. All systems and connections shall be maintained and checked regularly so that connections are leak proof.-Containment such as proper slopes connected with the sump shall be provided in the stock yard where the storage shall be done, so that during spillage if any occurs, the spill can be collected and disposed off properly.-In case of spills of chemicals, dry adsorbents/cotton should be used for cleaning instead of water.

Land Use None None



Soil Environment Chemical Degradation of soil -Procedures for maintenance of equipment would ensure that this risk is minimized and clean-up response is rapid if any spill occurs.-The tankers, drums etc. would be ISO approved and as per the specifications of internationally approved vendors so as to minimise any spillage, venting of solvent etc. therefore there would be no impact on soil after this precaution is ensured.


-Spillage of waste on soil can inhibit the growth of plants and premature leaves senescence.-Vehicular emission like NO2, NO etc. can inhibit the growth of plants and premature leaves senescence.-Increased PM level will result in deposition of dust on leaves which may cause a decrease in transpiration rate of flora.

-The loading unloading activity will be done with a safe zone defined and in a marked safe area. All systems and connections shall be maintained and checked regularly so that connections are leak proof.-Water sprinkling will be done to reduce the dust generation.

Noise & Vibration -Loading and unloading of raw materials will not cause much significant impact on noise level of the area, it may only cause physiological effect like annoyance to the workers

-Proper training will be given to the workers for handling of raw materials. If required, PPE will be provided to the workers.

Hydrology & Geology

None None


Solid waste generated like discarded containers, chemicals and HDPE bags will be generated, which may cause harm if come into contact.

All the discarded containers will be sold to approved recycler or traders after cleaning.

4.3.2. Activity- Manufacturing ProcessAspects:

● Water requirement



● Generation of domestic, cooling and scrubbing waste-water● Generation of Heat● Generation of Solid & Hazardous waste● Generation of Hydrochloric fugitive, chlorine gas, VOC and HAP gases● Energy requirement● Generation of Noise & Vibration● Generation of Odour● Spillage/leakage from Reactor vessel

Table 78. Activity- Manufacturing Process



Air Environment -Chlorine gas emissions from reactor which would affect the air environment due to its corrosive/harmful fumes.-Also, VOCs, acid mist etc may also be emitted from the process area which may degrade the ambient air quality and also cause eyes irritation, acute respiratory disorders and may also affect the immune system of the people living nearby and also of the workers.-Leakage of chemicals may result in emission of VOCs in the air environment which will cause irritation in eyes, nose and throat, difficulty breathing and nausea.-Heat from the reactor can increase the temperature of the room.-Odour will negatively affect the psychological stability of the nearby population.-HCL fumes shall be generated from Degasser

-Chlorine gas shall be controlled using hood and recirculating back to Chlorine gas evaporator.-Re-circulation of HCl fumes back to water scrubber using closed circuit.-HCl fumes shall be supplied to M/s Grasim Industries Ltd for neutralization/ Sodium Hypo-chloride formation through pipeline.-Entire process will be carried out in closed reactors. -Regular maintenance of valves, pipes etc will be done and PPE will be provided to the workers.-All reactor vents will be equipped with the condensers to trap emission.-Power will be provided by the State electricity board.-Reactors will be provided with mechanical seal.-Ambient air quality will be monitored regularly.



-Leakage of excess HCl fumes from storage

Water Environment -Utilisation of water may impact the water demand of the vicinity and improper disposal of waste water generated may affect the quality of nearby surface water body & ground water.-Improper disposal of waste generated may affect the quality of ground water.-Spillage of Oil & chemicals, if in any case encounters water body can decorate the groundwater & surface water body, which in turn may affect life also.-Water table may be depleted in case groundwater is used for the construction.-If dust emitted gets deposited on the water body can deteriorate the water quality.-The waste water If not properly disposed off, then it can deteriorate the surface

-Total water requirement for the project is 140.3 KLD out of which fresh water demand is 137 KLD which will be sourced through the Borewell and rest shall be inhouse treated water.-Total waste water generated in the project will be 2.0 KLD which will be treated in in-house ETP and 1.8 KLD of domestic water shall be treated in STP. All the treated waste-water will be utilised in the gardening & cooling tower, no untreated/treated water will be discharged. It will be a zero liquid discharge project.-All the standards of treated water will be maintained.



water quality of nearby water-body by increasing the no. of pathogens, BOD, COD, TSS, copper, manganese, mercury, nickel, and making water unfit for consumption. It will also affect aquatic life.

Land Use None NoneSoil Environment Chemical Degradation of soil

due to disposal of waste water, solid waste on the soil or spillage of chemical on soil.

-All the waste will be collected and kept in separate rooms. No disposal of waste will be done on soil.-Procedures for maintenance of equipment would ensure that this risk is minimized and clean-up response is rapid if any spill occurs. The tankers, drums etc., would be ISO approved and as per the specifications of internationally approved vendor so as to minimise any spillage, venting of solvent etc. therefore there would be no impact on soil after this precaution is ensured.-Sump shall be made and proper channelization of spillage shall be made.

Socio-Economic None None




-VOC and HAP gaseous emission from the manufacturing process inhibit the growth of plants and promote pre-mature leaves senescence.-Increased dust emission can lead to climate change which eventually will result in decrease in plant/tree cover.-Increased noise will cause disturbance of existing fauna.-Impact on aquatic life of nearby surface water.-Spillage of waste on soil can inhibit the growth of plants and promote pre-mature leaves senescence.

-Water sprinkling will be done to reduce the dust generation.-Dust suppression systems (water spray) shall be done as per requirement.-Ambient air quality will be regularly monitored to ensure that ambient air quality standards and suggested limits will be met at all the time.-All measures will be taken to avoid spillage of waste and chemicals on soil.

Noise & Vibration -During the manufacturing process, noise and vibration may be generated from the reactors and the machineries which may cause speech interference, annoyance, hearing impairment, increase in heartbeat/ blood pressure in the workers.

-Machineries of the reputed make and less noise producing will be purchased. -Stationary machineries and equipment will be properly enclosed by enclosures and will be provided with dampeners for minimizing noise generated due to vibration of machineries.-It will be re-checked and assured that muffler systems are installed in engines of machineries which will help in reduction of noise.-Silencers of all the machinery and equipment will be checked and old worn out machinery will be replaced by new and less noisy machinery/ equipment. -Sufficient oiling and lubrication will be done to all the parts of the machineries to ensure that minimal noise is generated.



Hydrology & Geology

-Disposal of untreated waste water may deteriorate water quality of ground water by increase in the no. of pathogens, BOD, COD, TSS etc in ground water and thereby affecting and making water unfit for consumption.-Due to spillage/leakage the chances of contamination of surface water as well as ground water increases.

-Waste water generated will be treated in ETP cum STP. No waste water will be discharged to the surface body or ground-water, all the water will be reused within the project after treatment.-All probable leakage areas such as pipelines, joints, pumps and structure of reactor/ storage vessel shall be inspected and maintained proactively.-Spillage will be managed by detection of leaks in the first place from structures or vessels.-Containment such as proper slopes connected with the sump shall be provided in the stock yard where the storage shall be done, so that during spillage if any occurs, the spill can be collected and disposed off properly.-In case of spills of chemicals, dry adsorbents/cotton should be used for cleaning instead of water.


-Process waste will be generated which are hazardous, which may cause harm if come into contact with skin.-Sludge and any other may cause nuisance if not maintained properly.

-Proper care shall be taken while handling & transportation, PPE will be used.-Process waste (Hazardous) of 1 kg/day shall be sent to TSDF site for final disposal.No generation of non-hazardous process waste will be there as the raw materials/input will consequently get circulated within the process chamber only for formation of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer and Chlorine gas shall be scrubbed to Hydrochloric Acid.

4.3.3. Activity- Operation of machinery & EquipmentAspects:



● Generation of waste gases; PM10, SO2, NO2, PM2.5, VOC, CO2, HCl fumes and HAP gases

● Generation of used oil

● Water requirement

● Generation of noise & vibration

● Generation of waste water

● Requirement of fuel

● Spillage/leakage

● Generation of hazardous waste

Table 79. Activity- Operation of machinery & Equipment



Air Environment -Flue gas emission (PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx & CO2) will be from a stack attached with D.G. a set in which diesel will be used as fuel and PM2.5 and PM10 will also be generated due to the burning of fuels which may degrade the ambient air quality and also cause eye irritation, acute respiratory disorders and may also affect the immune system of the people living nearby and also of the workers.-Emissions from chlorine Gas from Reactor, HCl fumes from Degasser and HCl fumes from Storage areas.

-Stack height of 2.4 m above roof level will be provided for DG set of 2×150 kVA.-Control of HCl fumes and Chlorine gas shall be maintained in 25 feet block condenser of graphite block and coolers of graphite block for control of HCl fumes. HCl vapor gas from the reactor is passed on separator and from separator to graphite block absorber. Conversion of HCl gas into HCl involves generation of heat & water is circulated for control of this heat from the cooling tower. It is observed that absorption of gas into liquid HCl is maximum below 55° C of temperature at absorbers is kept below 55° C.-Regular maintenance of valves, pipes etc will be done. PPEs will be provided to the workers. -Frequent work area monitoring will be done to ensure fugitive emission is under control.



-Green belt/greenery will be developed along most of the periphery of the project area as well as along roads. Green area in the plot will be 1420.45 m2 (32.65% of plot area).

Water Environment

-Utilisation of water may impact the water demand of the vicinity and Improper disposal of waste water generated may affect the quality of nearby surface water body & ground water.-The waste water If not properly disposed off, then it can deteriorate the surface water quality of nearby water bodies by increase in the no. of pathogens, BOD, COD, TSS etc and making water unfit for consumption. It will also affect aquatic life.

-Total water requirement for the project will be 140.3 KLD out of which fresh will be 137 KLD by reuse of treated water of 3.3 KLD. -Waste water generated will be treated in ETP & STP.-All the treated waste-water will be utilised in the green area, no untreated /treated water will be discharged. It will be a zero liquid discharge project.

Land Use None NoneSoil Environment Chemical Degradation of soil

due to disposal of waste water, solid waste on the soil.

-Proper care shall be taken for disposal of waste-Proper channelization of wastewater treatment facilities shall be done.-Sump shall be made and proper channelization of spillage shall be made.


-NO2, SOX, VOC and HAP gaseous emission from the manufacturing process, inhibit the growth of plants and pre-mature leaves senescence.-Increased dust emission can lead to climate change which eventually will result in decrease in plant/tree cover.-Ash-filled voids cannot support tree species because of poor root system development which in turn results in

-All the polluting machinery will be installed with appropriate air pollution control systems.-Chlorine gas emissions from Reactor will be controlled using hood and recirculating back to Chlorine gas evaporator.-HCl fumes from Degasser will be recirculated back to the water scrubber using a closed circuit.-Excess HCl fumes from storage supply will be supplied to M/s Grasim Industries Ltd for neutralization/Sodium Hypo-chloride formation through pipeline



uprooting of trees even by low velocity winds.-Untreated water can deteriorate the plant/tree

-No untreated water will be used for the green area.

Noise & Vibration -During the operation of machinery, noise and vibration may be generated from the machineries which may cause speech interference, annoyance, hearing impairment, increase in heartbeat/ blood pressure in the workers.

-Machineries of the reputed make and less noise producing will be purchased.-Stationary machineries and equipment will be properly enclosed by enclosures and will be provided with dampeners for minimizing noise generated due to vibration of machineries.-It will be re-checked and assured that mufflers systems are installed in engines of machineries which will help in reduction of noise.-Silencers of all the machineries and equipments will be checked and old worn out machineries will be replaced by new and less noisy machinery/ equipment. -Sufficient oiling and lubrication will be done to all the parts of the machineries to ensure that minimal noise is generated.-Green belt/greenery will be developed along most of the periphery of the project area as well as along roads. Green area in the plot will be 1420.45 m2 (32.65% of plot area).

Hydrology & Geology

-Due to spillage/leakage the chances of contamination of surface water as well as ground water increases

-Waste water generated will be treated in ETP cum STP. No waste water will be discharged to the surface body or ground-water, all the water will be reused within the project after treatment.-All probable leakage areas such as pipelines, joints, pumps and structure of reactor/ storage vessels shall be inspected and maintained proactively. -In case of spills of chemicals, dry adsorbents/cotton should be used for cleaning instead of water




-Used oil will be generated which are hazardous, which may cause harm if come into contact.-ETP cum STP sludge and any other may cause nuisance if not maintained properly

-Proper care of waste shall be taken while handling & transportation, PPE will be used.-There will be no generation of hazardous waste from the process in the proposed project. HCl fumes shall be scrubbed with water to produce Hydrochloric Acid and negligible Chlorine fumes from the system shall be channelized to M/s Grasim Industries Limited for Sodium Hypochlorite production through pipeline.-Used liberating oil (10 lt/month) will be sent to the approved recycler.

4.3.4. Activity- Transportation of raw material, finished products, wasteAspects:

● Vehicular emission and dust emission

● Littering of solid waste

● Road congestion & breakage of roads

● Noise Generation

● Spillage/leakage of raw material

Table 80. Activity- Transportation of raw material, finished products, waste



Air Environment -Gaseous emission from vehicles used for transportation will affect the respiratory health of staff and nearby population.-Leakage of chemical may result in emission of VOCs in the air environment which will cause irritation in eyes, nose and throat, difficulty breathing and nausea.

-Vehicles with valid PUC certificates will be used for transportation.-Plantation all around the periphery will be done.-Proper maintenance of vehicles shall be done periodically to ensure no leakage from the vehicles.-Vehicular transportation will be done shift wise in order to reduce the stress on the roads.



-Dust generation will be high if the movement of vehicles is done on breached roads. Increased dust emission may cause respiratory problems to nearby Population. Increased dust emission may cause respiratory problems to nearby Population.

-Proper maintained and cleaning of vehicles and tires shall be done in order to reduce dust generation.-The transportation of the raw material, chemicals & products will be done in Leak Proof MS Tankers/ Drums while transporting through trucks & tempo.

Water Environment

If dust emitted or spillage/leakage gets deposited on the water body can deteriorate the water quality.

-The transportation of the raw material, chemicals & products is being done in Leak Proof MS Tankers/ Drums while transporting through trucks & tempo.-Special refer trucks will be employed for transportation from the port to the site.-Cushion shall be provided to the materials to prevent chemical container breakage.-Trucks will be fully covered during transportation to the project by road.

Land Use None None

Soil Environment -Chemical degradation of soil would occur due to spill of chemical or other waste on soil.

-Procedures for maintenance of equipment would ensure that this risk is minimized and clean-up response is rapid if any spill occurs. The tankers, drums etc., would be ISO approved and as per the specifications of internationally approved vendor so as to minimise any spillage, venting of solvent etc. therefore there would be no impact on soil after this precaution is ensured.-Waste shall be collected separately in drums and handed over to the authorized outside agency.

Socio-Economic -Dust and emission from movement of vehicles are likely to cause some impacts on the working population within immediate vicinity of the project site.

-Flexible dust suppression systems (water spray) will be used as per requirement.-The present road conditions are reasonably good for proposed



-Traffic congestion in the area-Accidental leakage of the chemical during transportation can cause fire.

movement of traffic, the site is connected to state and NH-75.-Preventive maintenance will be carried out for vehicles and pollution checks on a periodic basis.-Materials will be fully covered during transportation to the project site by road.-Safety data sheets shall be kept & labelling done on the tanks used for transportation of the chemicals.-A sheet listing the materials being transported shall be available in the vehicle and the emergency phone numbers shall also be listed.-Workers/drivers will be trained for MSDS & handling of these chemicals.-Proper First Aid facility shall be provided within the transportation vehicle in case of any accidental release.-The shipping paper of vehicles used for transportation of hazardous chemicals shall be proper & vehicles shall not be overloaded


-Increased noise due to vehicular transportation will cause disturbance of existing avi-fauna, however, avifauna is not restricted to one place for a long time, thus it will not result in their displacement.

-Vehicles used in the transportation of construction material will have a PUC certificate.-Water sprinkling was done to reduce the dust generation-Dust suppression systems (water spray) shall be done as per requirement at the construction site.-Vehicular movement for transportation of raw material will be carried out only in day-time and will try to avoid unnecessary honking with the help of sign boards.

Noise & Vibration -Due to transportation of construction materials and machineries for installation high levels of noise may be generated

-Silencers will be checked in the vehicles used for transportation of materials.-No honking zone will be maintained.



which may cause physiological & psychological effects on workers like annoyance, speech interference, headache, Auditory impact, increase in heartbeat of elderly people.- There will not be much impact due to vibration on project

-Reverse horn in the transportation vehicles will be banned. -Only PUC certified vehicles shall be allowed for transportation-Maintenance of vehicles shall be done on a regular basis.-Plantation within the project site will be done which will dampen the noise.

Hydrology & Geology

Due to spillage of chemical/waste there may be chances of contamination of surface water as well as ground water increases

Measures will be taken to avoid spillage of chemical/waste.


Accidental litter off of material, may cause potential health impacts.

-Waste will be packed in ISO approved drums/HDPE bags and as per the specifications of internationally approved vendor. All measures will be taken to avoid littering.

4.3.5. Activity- Working & daily activity of staff, visitorAspects:

● Solid waste & E-waste generation, water requirement & waste water disposal

Table 81. Activity- Working & daily activity of staff, visitor



Air Environment -Bio-degradable Waste generation may lead to odour problems if not stored properly.

-Bio-Degradable waste shall be stored in a separate room and given to approved vendors for final disposal.

Water Environment -Waste water, if not properly disposed off, then it can deteriorate the surface water quality of nearby water bodies.-The abstraction of groundwater is not proposed for the project, hence there will be no impact on Groundwater.-Disposal of untreated waste water may deteriorate water

-2 KLD of water is required for domestic purposes which will be taken from the borewell.-The waste water generation will be only 2.0 KLD which will be mixed through other effluent generation from the plant for diluting and then further will be treated in ETP and 1.8 KLD of domestic water will be treated in STP..



quality of surface & ground water by increase in the no. of pathogens, BOD, COD, TSS etc in surface/ground and thereby affecting aquatic life and making water unfit for consumption.

Land Use None NoneSoil Environment -Impact on soil due to improper

disposal of solid waste includes, the leaching from biodegradable waste and effect on flora from spillage of waste on soil.

-All solid waste and hazardous waste will be properly collected, stored in separate room and disposed of. -Bio-degradable waste and recyclable waste will be collected and disposed of by an approved vendor.

Socio-Economic -Improper storage and disposal of solid waste, may decrease the aesthetic value of complex and lead to increase in risk of disease occurrence of persons.-There may occur foul smell which will cause nuisance in staff.-Direct & indirect employment generation

-All solid waste from the proposed project shall be properly collected, stored and disposed. All the waste will be given to the approved vendor.-Total 45 employees will be required.


No significant impact None

Noise & Vibration No significant impact NoneHydrology & Geology

-Infiltration of silt and sand may occur with improper storm-water harvesting.-Untreated waste-water, if infiltrated to ground-water it may deteriorate water quality of ground water by increase in the no. of pathogens, BOD, COD, TSS etc in ground water and thereby affecting and making water unfit for consumption.

-Storm water channelization from rooftop to RWH pits shall be done to recharge the ground-water.-The domestic waste water will be mixed through other effluent generation from the plant for diluting and then further will be treated in the ETP and STP. Proper closed channelization will be done.


-Improper storage and disposal of Biodegradable waste will

-During the operational phase, 12 kg/day of biodegradable waste and 8 kg/day of



enhance the risk of microbial contamination, population.-Improper storage and disposal of MSW waste, will enhance the risk of disease occurrence and cause foul smell. It will attract the vectors.-Improper hazardous chemical disposal if comes in contact with human body may cause skin irritation and could be flammable also sometimes

non-biodegradable waste will be generated and the same shall be collected and stored in a separate room. Both wastes shall be given to the approved vendor.-E-waste if generated shall be properly disposed as per E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016

4.4. Summary

4.4.1. Air EnvironmentAspects of project activities which would increase the emission of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs), HAP gases (HCl & SO2,CO2), PM, SOX, NO2 generation, dust generation leading to increase in ground concentration level (GLC), respiratory problems, human death, damage to flora and fauna and aesthetic properties in the environment and increase the level of toxic chemicals to other aspect of environment indirectly. To check such impacts, mitigation measures like water sprinkling at site, proper air pollution control system with stack height as per CPCB, Chlorine gas emissions from Reactor using hood and recirculating back to Chlorine gas evaporator, HCl fumes from De-gaser shall be recirculated back to water scrubber using closed circuit. Excess HCl fumes from Storage shall be supplied to M/s Grasim Industries Ltd for neutralization/Sodium Hypo-chloride formation through pipeline. Plantation of trees, installation of water sprinkling systems and dust compression systems in the nearby areas, provision of proper nose masks to labourers, etc. shall be done. Vehicles with valid PUC certificates will be used for transportation of construction material.

4.4.2. Water EnvironmentThe activities which would pose a negative impact on the water environment would be the manufacturing process, operation of machinery & equipment, working & daily activities of staff, visitors, transportation. The aspects of the activities may be the



generation of waste water, scarcity of water, depletion of water table and deterioration of water quality which could lead to deterioration of aquatic life, generation of water-borne diseases to nearby populations. To minimise such impacts, waste water in the construction phase will be disposed off to soak pits and waste-water during the operation phase will be treated in ETP & STP based on MBBR Technology. The treated waste-water shall be reused within the plant, it shall be a zero liquid discharge project. The total water requirement during installation phase will be 2 KLD and during operation phase 140.3 KLD out of which fresh water is 137 KLD which will be sourced from borewell and rest from inhouse treated water.

4.4.3. Land UseNo negative impact on land use is envisaged. Core Zone is partly vacant with existing structure which shall be retrofitted and few species of shrubs, herbs and grasses are present at the sites which will be cleared and artificial contour level shall be maintained.

4.4.4. Soil EnvironmentThe major activities which would have a negative impact on the soil environment would be loading & unloading of raw material, manufacturing process of product, operation of machinery, handling of raw material, transportation of raw material, finished product and waste. The aspects of the activities would be soil erosion, waste generation and spillage of hazardous wastes or chemical on the soil which could lead to permanent damage to land productivity, destabilization of landscape, decrease in permeability, damage to fertility of soil, chemical degradation and indirect negative impact on other aspects of environment like Air, Water & Ecology and Biodiversity. To minimize such impacts, mitigation measures like proper treatment and disposal of waste, proper maintenance of equipment and storage for chemical, provision and maintenance of plantation area in the project site and nearby area shall be done. Procedures for maintenance of equipment would ensure that the risk is minimized and clean-up response is rapid if any spill occurs. The tankers, drums etc., would be ISO approved and as per the specifications of internationally approved vendor so as to minimise any spillage, venting of solvent etc. therefore there would be no impact on soil after this precaution is ensured. Sump shall be made and proper channelization of spillage shall be made.



4.4.5. Socio-EconomicThe aspects of activities would be dust emission, HAP gases emission, waste generation and socio-economic conditions in the nearby area which could impact in annoyance, human death and respiratory problems to nearby population and increase in employment and revenue generation among the population in the nearby area. To minimise such impacts, mitigation measures like proper air pollution control system will be used, restriction of activities limited to project area and specific duration in daytime only, Proper segregation, good housekeeping, employment to nearby area, treatment and disposal of wastes generated from the plant would be adapted in the area.

4.4.6. Ecology & BiodiversityThe major activities which would negatively impact the Ecology and Biodiversity in the project area and the surroundings would be site preparation, excavation, manufacturing process, operation of machinery & equipment, transportation, loading & unloading of raw material. The aspects of the activities would be dust emission, increase in GLC, increase in noise level, soil erosion, noise generation, water contamination, vehicular emission and waste generation which would directly /indirectly impact in decrease in transpiration rate of flora, loss of habitat, decrease in plant/tree cover, disturbance to avi-fauna and other species, premature senescence of floral species and hence decrease in population of local faunal species in the area and the surroundings. To minimise the impacts, mitigation measures like provision of air pollution control equipment, scrubbing system to the vents, provision and proper maintenance of plantation area, installation of water sprinkling systems and dust suppression systems, provision of noise barriers, maintenance of vehicular movement near the project site and proper disposal and treatment of wastes generated from the project site. Vehicular movement for transportation of raw material will be carried out only in day-time and will try to avoid unnecessary honking with the help of sign boards. Green belt/greenery will be developed along most of the periphery of the project area as well as along roads.

4.4.7. Noise and VibrationThe major activities which would negatively impact the environment would be the operation of machinery and transportation. The aspects of the activities would be an



increase in noise level and increased noise generation which could lead to physiological and psychological problems to workers and nearby population, increased vibration in the nearby areas and an indirect decrease in the biological diversity in the nearby area. To minimize such impacts, mitigation measures like restriction of activities in the limited project area and for daytime only, proper maintenance of equipment and machinery, maintenance of noise barriers, provision of protective devices like earmuffs, compactors, silencers etc., installation of plantation area in the nearby area, provision of No-Honking Zone in the area, maintenance of vehicular and traffic movement etc. would be adapted in the project site.

4.4.8. Hydrology and Geology The major activities which would have a negative impact on the hydrology and geology would be excavation, manufacturing process, operation of machinery & equipment, working of daily activity of labours, staff and visitors and transportation. The aspects of the activities would be generation of Solid Waste, e-Waste and Bio-Medical Waste, waste water generation, spillage/leakage of waste/chemical which would impact in deterioration of water quality (in both surface-water and ground-water). To minimize such impacts, mitigation measures proper channelization of waste water and proper disposal, all probable leakage areas such as pipelines, joints, pumps and structure of reactor/ storage vessel inspection, installation of leak Detector(s), case of spills of chemicals, dry adsorbents/cotton should be used for cleaning instead of water and proper treatment and disposal of waste water shall be adapted in the project site.

4.4.9. Solid and Hazardous Waste

The major activities which would have a negative impact on the environment would be manufacturing process of product, operation of machinery handling of raw material, transportation of raw material, finished product and waste and Working and daily activities of labours, staff and workers. The aspects of the activities would be generation of solid, hazardous and recyclable wastes, oil & chemical spillage and accidental leakage which would impact in degradation of quality of waste which would be used for further treatment, harmful emissions and spread to other parameters of environment, nuisance among the workers and nearby population, Improper hazardous chemical disposal if comes in contact with human body may



cause skin irritation and could be flammable also, generation of used oil. To minimize such impacts, mitigation measures like proper collection of waste and discarded containers will be used for packing and disposal shall be done as per norms applicable.

4.4.10. TrafficThe activities which would probably be responsible for traffic congestion would be transportation of raw material for which trucks and tempo shall be used. Traffic to the different sites during construction/installation will be intensive and heavier than at present in normal operating conditions. The aspect of the activities would be generation of dust from movement of vehicles are likely to cause some impacts on the working population within the immediate vicinity of the project site. In turn, it will subject existing roads to more stress. To control the impact, dust suppression systems (water spray) will be used as per requirement at the construction site. Construction materials will be fully covered during transportation to the project site by road. Vehicle flow during shift changes shall be regulated by allowing exits in a phased manner. The storage of all the liquid raw material shall be in leak proof MS/SS tanks and rest in HDPE bags with proper safety measures while transporting through trucks & tankers. The present road conditions are reasonably good for proposed movement of traffic. Preventive maintenance will be carried out for vehicles and pollution checks on a periodic basis will be mandatory. All the activities will be done for a limited period of time.The traffic survey for the proposed expansion was conducted and detail is given in Chapter 3 Section 3.13.



5. Analysis of Alternatives

5.1. Description Of AlternativesThe proposed project is a greenfield site with the chlorinated paraffin plasticizer manufacturing unit. The assessment for the site is presented below:

● Land: The project is located on the land measuring 4350.376 m2. Land is in the name of M/s NKG Plastochem Pvt.Ltd. A rent agreement has been done between M/s NKG Plastochem Pvt. Ltd. and M/s Suntek Plasticizers Pvt. Ltd.

● Facilities & Utilities: The site has well laid access roads, and is very near to the state and national highway NH-75, NH-343), electricity supply, drainage system.

● The ambient air quality, noise quality and soil quality at and around the project site is well within the limits.

● Easy availability of raw material and exporters of finished products are available nearby.

● The site is well connected with roads and railway networks.● No Rehabilitation and resettlement requirements.

5.2. Alternative Manufacturing MethodsMethods for the manufacturing process of the chlorinated paraffin plasticizer are adopted in consideration with the following factors:

● Economically sound● Eco-friendly● Less Pollution generation (waste water, solid waste etc.)● Effective treatment facility

The production of chlorinated paraffin plasticizer with optimal resources in terms of fuel, water, and other raw materials has been considered. Thus, the unit will continuously put efforts to upgrade the processes to the best available technology for environmental protection and resource conservation.



6. Environmental Monitoring Program

6.1. Details of Monitoring to Judge Effectiveness of MeasuresTo check the efficiency of the system with proposed modifications a regular monitoring programme has been drawn. The program has been outlined for the construction and operation phase. In order to facilitate this, the regular site inspections and their noting will be documented by the PP/Contractor. The organisational structure (Environment Management Cell or EMC) of the M/s Suntek Plasticizer Pvt. Ltd. is discussed in Chapter 10 Section 10.2.1.

6.1.1. During Construction PhaseTable 82. Environmental Monitoring during construction phase

S. NoType of

Monitoring

Frequency of

Monitoring Parameter Location

Number Per Year

Unit rate (Rs)

Cost (Rs)

Responsibility

1Ambient Air

Quality Six Monthly

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

Particulate Matter (PM10)

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Nitrogen Oxides (NO2)

Total Volatile Organic Compound

(VOCs)Carbon monoxide

(CO)

2 in Core Zone and 4

in buffer zone (Aditya Birla Colony, Garwa Road, Bishunpur &

Dandila Khurd) 12 5500 66000

-EMC (Air Incharge) & Contractor

2 Stack Six Monthly -None as DG

set 1 500 500 -



shall not be used

3

Water Quality for

drinking water Six Monthly

All parameters mentioned in

IS:10500

One drinking water

sample 2 7500 15000

-EMC (Water Incharge) & Contractor

4

Water Quality for

Construction purpose Six Monthly

All parameters mentioned in IS:456

One construction

water sample 2 7500 15000

-EMC (Water Incharge) & Contractor

5Ambient

Noise Level Six MonthlyDay and Night noise

level

2 Locations (Aditya Birla

Colony & Garwa Road) 4 2000 8000

-EMC (Noise Incharge) & Contractor

6

DG Set Room Noise

Level Six Monthly -

None as DG set

shall not be used 1 2000 2000 -

7 Soil Quality Six MonthlyAll parameters to check soil Fertility

Two Locations in

core zone and 4

locations in buffer zone

(Aditya Birla Colony,

Garwa Road, Bishunpur &

Dandila Khurd) 12 4000 48000

-EMC (Soil Incharge) & Contractor

Total Cost (Rs) 154500

6.2. During Operation Phase Table 83. Environmental Monitoring during operational phase



Monitoring Frequency of Monitoring

Parameters Location Numbers Per Year

Unit rate (Rs)

Cost (Rs) Responsibility

Records to be maintained

Air & Stack

Ambient Air Quality

Six-Monthly PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and VOCs

4 Onsite Location in different direction and 4 Buffer location (Aditya Birla Colony, Garwa Road, Bishunpur & Dandila Khurd)

16 5500 88000 -EMC (Air Incharge)-External Laboratory analyst & incharge

Test Report

Operational Hrs of DG sets of the stack

Daily, Verification during Audit

Operational hrs and the exit velocity

1-DG Stack 1 500 500 -EMC (Air Incharge)-3rd Party environment consultant

log books

Stack emission for point sources

Six-Monthly PM, SO2, NOx, and VOCs

1-DG Stack(for all sources before and after Pollution Control System)

2 6500 13000 -EMC (Air Incharge)-External Laboratory analyst & incharge

Test Report

Water & Wastewater

Water Quality

Six monthly Monitoring for relevant parameters as per Drinking water standard IS – 10500

Drinking Water & Supply water

4 7500 30000 -EMC (Water Incharge)-External Laboratory analyst & incharge

Test Report

Waste Water Quality (Treated & Untreated)

DailyMonthly

Daily-BOD, COD, TSS, TDS, pH, Oil & GreaseMonthly- Toxicity test/Bioassay andStandards for Organic Chemical

ETP inlet & outlet, STP Inlet & Outlet

48 6000 288000 -EMC (Water Incharge)-Internal Laboratory analyst & incharge for daily parameters-External Laboratory

Test Report & Logbooks



Manufacturing Industry (GSR 608 (E) dated 21st July 2010

analyst & incharge for monthly parameters

Ground water and Surface water

Six Monthly Monitoring for relevant parameters as per Drinking water standard IS – 10500 and as CPCB Surface water quality criteria

North Koel River and 2 groundwater samples (Aditya Birla Colony & Garwa Road village)

6 7500 45000 -External Laboratory analyst & incharge

Test Report

Water Metering

Daily in Logbook, Verification during Audit

Monitoring of Water quantity usage, waste water inflow and treated water outflow

Process Water, Gardening, Cooling Tower, ETP Inlet and Outlet, STP Inlet and outlet

7 1200 8400 -EMC (Water Incharge)-External Environmental consultant

Logbooks

Noise

Day & Night level Noise Monitoring

Six Monthly Leq (night), Leq (day),Leq (24 hourly)

5 onsite location(Main gate, ETP,STP, DG, Cooling Tower and 4 Buffer location (Aditya Birla Colony, Garwa Road, Bishunpur & Dandila Khurd)

18 2000 36000 -EMC (Noise Incharge)-External Environmental consultant

Test Report

Soil

Qualitative and Quantitative Parameters

Six Monthly All Parameters to check soil fertilityin the soil

Four samples from four corners and one composite sample will be prepared and 4 Buffer location

10 4000 40000 -EMC (Soil Incharge)-External Environmental consultant

Test Report



(Aditya Birla Colony, Garwa Road, Bishunpur & Dandila Khurd)

Waste Generation Monitoring / Record Keeping

Records of generation, handling, storage, transportation and disposal

Daily Hazardous, Non Hazardous, E-waste, Organic waste, recyclable waste, manure generated

- 5 500 2500 Logbooks

Sludge Characteristics and Quantity

Characteristics-MonthlyQuantity-daily

TCLP test and Quantity

ETP Chemical Sludge

12 5000 60000 -External Laboratory analyst & incharge-

Test Report

Ecology and Biodiversity Monitoring

Green belt & plantation monitoring

Six monthly Survival rate of the planted Trees, Greenbelt development status & Green area in m2

1 30000 30000 EMC (gardener )-External

Logbooks

Social Monitoring

Checking effectiveness of the Corporate Social Responsibility/Corporate Environmental Responsibility

Annual Cost spent and where it is carried out

1 30000 30000 CSR Team Logbooks

Power and energy monitoring



Energy savings

Annual Energy consumption in terms of1. Quantity of fossil fuels2. Power drawnRenewable energy1. Solar harvesting2. use of Alternate source of energy

1 50000 50000 Utility Team Logbooks

Sum Total. (Estimates) 721400

6.2.1. Work Zone MonitoringWork zone monitoring shall be carried out by the HSE department every month for gaseous pollutants and dust. Records will be kept in standard Form as per Factories Rules. Location for sampling shall be identified. Samples will be analysed for Airborne concentration of hazardous chemicals in ppm.

6.3. Submission of Six Monthly Compliances As per the standard environment clearance conditions, six monthly compliances of the conditions mentioned in the Environmental Clearance letter has to be submitted to various concerned officials of MOEF, SPCB and Regional office of CPCB. These compliances have to be submitted in the months of June and December for the periods April to September and October to March respectively every year for construction phase until the construction is completed and operation phase for the life of the project.



6.4. Environment Audit Annual Environment Audit shall be conducted to check the compliance of environmental conditions. Form V statement and report shall be submitted to MoEF&CC R.O. and Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board.

6.5. Compliance of Environmental Approvals

6.5.1. CGWA ClearanceWater shall be abstracted through borewell and applied copy for water abstraction at CGWB is attached in Section D.

6.5.2. Conservation PlanThere are two schedule I species found in the buffer zone namely Indian Peafowl (Pavo cristatus) Bengal monitor (Varanus bengalensis). Conservation plan for both the Schedule 1 Species has been prepared and submitted for approval to Chief Wildlife Warden. The same is enclosed in Section D.

6.5.3. Forest ClearanceNot Applicable.

6.5.4. Annual returnsThe Proponent with the help of 3rd party Environmental consultants annually submit the Environment Audit with the Form V statement, FORM 13 of Hazardous waste, CTO Compliance. Similarly six monthly EC compliance shall be submitted to MoEF&CC R.O. and Regional State Pollution Control Board (Jharkhand) after the grant of the Environmental clearances.



7. Additional Studies

7.1. Public ConsultationPublic consultation for this project was conducted on 16/10/2020 at 12:00 Noon at the Parking Area, Near Main Gate Grasim Industry, P.O.-Rehla, Palamau, Jharkhand which was presided over by the Addl. Deputy Commissioner, and attended by Supervising-cum-Presiding officers and people from adjoining towns/villages. Requisite publicity through local newspapers/ media i.e. in The Pioneer and Dainik Hindustan Dated 16.09.2020 was given 30 days in advance of the date; as fixed for public hearing through the Jharkhand Pollution Control Board official in the matter. The views and grievances of the attendees were listened to. The project proponent has given commitment to fulfil the environmental and social responsibility for development of the community of nearby villages. In this report, public hearing proceedings and minutes of public hearing is included in the final EIA/EMP report and submitted to the MoEF&CC (Industry-III) Committee for Environment Clearance.

Table 84. Public Hearing Minutes Compliance

S. No.Name &

address of the person

Detail of query/ statement / information / clarification sought by

the person present

Reply of the query / statement /

information / clarification given by the project proponent

Remarks

1

Sh. Dinesh Shukla, Dandila Khurd, Palamau

Villagers have electricity problems, water problems & environmental problems. Company shall should provide water and electricity to the nearby villagers. Also, employment shall be given to the younger generation

2Sh. Pankaj Paswan,

Villagers shall be provided solar power. Water level is very low in

● Mr Sagar Nenwani from Project Proponent informed that all the pollution control measures given in the EIA Report shall be followed.

● The project proponent informed that the Proposed industry has allocated funds for water filters & water

● Project proponents shall support villagers based on their needs. As far as possible local people shall be employed. Refer Chapter 2 Section 2.8.2 regarding employment

● Other key issues raised by the



Belchampa, Garwha

the region. Employment shall be given in the proposed industry

3Gulab Nabi, Gordiha, Palamau

The proposed industry shall provide employment to the nearby villagers. Measures shall be taken to control pollution generated from the industry.He was in favour of setting up the industry

4

Nazimuddin Noori, Ward No. 08, Dandila Khurd, Palamau

The proposed industry won’t be able to grow without the growth of the nearby villages. Employment shall be given to the nearby villagers. He also said that 24 hours electricity shall be provided in the nearby villages.

5

Nazimuddin Ansari, Dandila Kalan, Palamau

The proposed that the industry should follow the standards laid by Government during the operation of the industry

6

Sh. Rajeev Kumar Singh, Belchampa, Garwha

Water & electricity problems shall be solved in the nearby villages

7

Sh. Santosh Kumar Chowbey, Bishunpur, Palamau

Employment shall be given to the nearby villagers. Also, health facilities shall be given to the nearby villagers and fresh water shall be provided to the villagers for drinking purposes

purifiers for drinking water and solar powered street lights shall be installed as per CSR activities

● The project proponent informed that the employment shall be given to the nearby villagers based on their eligibility.

● Health camps shall be organized in the proposed industry health facility for the nearby villagers.

● 45 no. of direct employment shall be provided and also in-direct employment shall be also be provided.

villagers are regarding Electricity in villages, Drinking water availability & Health checkup of nearby areas. To address these problems, the facilities provided by PP is covered in social activities commitment at Section 10.4

● Refer chapter 2 Section No. 2.13 regarding measures which shall be taken to control pollution generated from the industry.



8Sh. Anita Devi, Rehla, Palamau

Employment shall be given to the nearby villagers.She was in favour of setting up the industry

9

Shri Ritesh Kumar Mohatey, Rehla, Palamau

Employment shall be given to the nearby villagers.

10Sh. Pushpa Singh, Rehla, Palamau

Employment shall be given to the nearby villagers.She was in favour of setting up the industry

11

Sh. Sanjay Kumar, Belchampa, Garwha

He proposed that development of Belchampa village shall be considered

7.2. Risk AssessmentRisk is a potential that a chosen action or activity will lead to a loss of human or property.

Risk assessment is a step for Risk Management. Risk assessment is determination of qualitative and quantitative value of risk related to a situation or hazard.

Hazard is a situation that poses a level of threat to life, health or environment.

Disaster is a natural or man-made hazard resulting in an event of substantial extent causing significant physical damage or destruction, loss of life or drastic change in environment.

Risk assessment involves the following:

● Hazard Identification

● Vulnerability Analysis

● Risk Analysis



● Emergency Plan

7.2.1. Hazard IdentificationThe proposed Project is “Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit”. There may be following types of hazards associated with the operation of the unit:

Natural Hazard:

1. Earthquake

2. Flooding

o Heavy rainfall

Man Made Hazard:

● Fire & explosion

o Explosive material

o Chemicals

o Short circuiting

o Heating vessel

o Neutralizer Degasser

o Chemical

o Oil storage

o Leakage from process

● Electrical

o Electrical room

o Non insulated wires

● Mechanical/ Accident

o Equipment area



o Transportation

● Toxic

o Exposure to chemicals

o Chemical spillage or leakage

o Storage & handling of chemical

o Chlorine toners- 20 Nos. Each Capacity of 900 Kg

o Pipeline of Chlorine from Grasim is AG, Length- 200m, Dia- 6 inch

o Total Day storage capacity of HCL at site will be Maximum 3 days, 6 No. HCL Tank (Each 100 Tonnes)

o Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (400 Tonnes)

7.3. Vulnerability Analysis

The vulnerable analysis is done on all the hazards as below:

Table 85. Vulnerability Analysis

S.noHAZARD IDENTIFICATION

Severity (1-5)

Likelihood (1-5)

Severity x Likelihood (1-25) (Hazards scoring 1-9 are less serious hazards & 9-25 are very serious hazards & require risk assessment)

Proposed General Mitigation Measure/ Control

Natural hazard

1 Earthquake 5 1 5

Buildings/ All structures shall be designed to withstand structures up to 8.0 on the Richter scale.

2 Flood 5 1 5

Drainage in the site will be provided to prevent built-up of water.

Man-made hazard



1 Fire/ Explosion in process reactor storage areas

5 3 15 Leakage of oil, unequal mixing ratio(s) of fuel to air, uncontrolled temperature & pressurization in reactor are the root causes of the hazard. These are mitigated by proper procedure and authorization of material to be fed in heating vessel, vessel reactor.Maintenance checks, planned and systematic shut down for maintenance and other verification of pipelines, coils and other insulation will be done and inspected by floor in-charge and health and safety in-charge. This details with procedure(s) covering all aspects in the detailed risk assessment report. All control measures for firefighting will be installed and all the aspects of rules and legislations under Explosives Act shall be covered. It is recommended that there are systematic checks and audits of all near misses, accidents and or other maintenance be done.Amount of storage of chemicals is always controlled to the rules as applicable and as per the procedure formulated. All control systems such as cold storage and chillers will be maintained and controlled electronically fitted with an alarm system when the system reaches beyond the acceptable limits. Pressure sensors, temperature sensors shall be fitted in all process reactors and maintenance from control room



is to be done to ensure compliance to the acceptable levels at all time. All non-compliance shall be registered and root cause identification are done by the Health and Safety and production in-charges in consultation with the Plant head. The same will be addressed over the P&ID indicating each sensor and connection to the main control system(s) with documentation on NC registration, acceptable levels of conditions in tanks/ storage areas.



2 Gas Leakage 5 3 15 Chlorine gas emissions from reactorShall be controlled using hood and recirculating back to chlorine gas evaporator. HCl fumes from Degasser shall be re-circulation of HCl fumes to water scrubber using closed circuit. Excess HCl fumes from storage shall be supplied to M/s Grasim Industries Ltd. for neutralization/Sodium Hypo- chloride formation through pipeline.Gas leakage in reactor is the root cause of the hazard. These are mitigated by proper procedure and authorization of material to be fed in heating vessel, vessel reactor.Maintenance checks, planned and systematic shut down for maintenance and other verification of pipelines, coils and other insulation will be done and inspected by floor in-charge and health and safety in-charge.It is recommended that there are systematic checks and audits of all near misses, accidents and or other maintenance be done.

2 Electrical 2 3 6 All the electrical fitted areas will be insulated. Periodic replacement of damaged line. Sign danger at the hazard places. Electrical insulation mat will be provided.



3 Mechanical Failure/ Accident

2 3 6 Spark to the mechanical equipment can cause fire. Periodic replacement of critical components of the machine. Sign danger at the hazard places.The transportation of the raw material, chemicals & products will be done in Leak Proof MS Tankers/Drums while transporting through trucks & tempo. Special reference trucks shall be employed for transportation from the port to the site. Cushion will be provided to the materials to prevent chemical container breakage. Safety data sheets will be kept & labelling done on the tanks used for transportation of the chemicals.

4 Thermal 2 4 8 Open flame from reactor vessels and hot machinery can cause burning. The area associated with thermal will be restricted.



5 Toxic 4 4 16 All probable leakage areas such as pipelines, joints, pumps and structure of reactor/ storage vessel will be inspected and maintained proactively. Leak Detector(s) installation is recommended. All valves and flanges will be inspected and a plan for the management of the same are covered in detailed risk assessment. This is mainly done in process areas and chemical storage areas as suggested in a report from a third party risk assessment agency.Spillage will be managed by detection of leaks in the first place from structures or vessels. Spillage during loading unloading shall be channelized properly to drains and all PPE will be worn during this time. The loading unloading activity shall be done with a safe zone defined and in a marked safe area. All systems and connections will be maintained and checked regularly so that connections are leak proof. Manual handling of chemicals [solid or liquid] will not be done in the process however if done this will be done with the personnel with PPE and in rooms with proper channelization of air emissions. All chemicals shall be purchased in tanks, tankers, drums as applicable from the standard from competent suppliers and other guidelines



of local and international authorities.

All points in the above table shall be covered in the detailed HIRA (Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment) study to be done by the proponent. This shall be outside the scope of EIA and shall be done as part of Health and Safety compliance under Factories act and the explosives act. Proponents shall engage competent agencies for this study and this shall be done prior to the operation phase.

7.4. Risk AnalysisThe risk is the likelihood of harmful effects big or small due to hazard, together with severity of harm suffered. Risk also depends on the number of people exposed to hazard.

Risk analysis provides severity of harm from a particular type of hazard.

7.4.1. EarthquakeThe area under study falls in Zone-III, according to the Indian Standard Seismic Zoning Map, which is a high damage risk zone.



7.4.2. FloodingThe elevation of the site is about 182 m with respect to mean sea level. The main drainage of the area is North Koel River located at about 0.97 km (W) from the project area. The river are Bhelwa Nadi located 0.62 km NNW away from the project area. The area is covered by a number of natural drains which flow towards the NNW direction of the area. The chances of flooding are less in the area.

7.4.3. Fire & ExplosionFire is mainly caused due to carelessness. Since it is a proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit, fire can occur due to exposure of chemicals used in the process to electrical spark or vapour from chemical storage tanks, problems in reactor, operation etc.

7.4.4. ElectricalThe electrical current can pass to the floor & metals due to inadequate insulation or accidently.

7.4.5. MechanicalThe mechanical fault can cause the risk & hazard. Mechanical hazards are created by powered operation of equipment or tools.

7.4.6. ThermalThermal heat can be generated from the process machinery, D.G sets, reactor vessel, neutralizer degasser and the vehicles in the area. Thermal hazards are objects or substances that transfer energy as heat.

7.4.7. ChemicalAll the chemical uses in process have risk of leakage during handling, storage, transferring and processing due to them being toxic.



7.5. On-Site Emergency PlanningAn onsite emergency is caused by an accident or hazard that takes place within the plan area and the effects are confined to the plant area.

The onsite emergency plan consists of the following key elements:

⮚ Planning as per hazard analysis

⮚ Preventive measures

⮚ Emergency response procedure

⮚ Recovery procedure

7.5.1. Planning1. Mapping of hazard vulnerable area

2. Disaster Management cell will be put into place. It has the following members to share the responsibility

● Site Controller (Administrator of complex)

● Incident Controller (Asst. Administrator)

● Personal Manager

● Communication Officer

● Fire Officer

● Security Officer

● Engineering In-charge

● Fire pump attendant

● First Aid Team



Figure 48. Disaster Management Cell

7.6. Preventive Measures

7.6.1. EarthquakeThe project is situated in the Seismic zone-III area. Special attention will be given to the structural design of foundation, elements of masonry, plain concrete, reinforced concrete, pre-stressed concrete, and structural steel. All applicable guidelines will be followed in this regard to ensure the safety of the building.

7.6.2. FloodingProper designing of drainage systems for domestic as well as storm water will be

done.

7.6.3. Fire and Life SafetySafety Precautions

1. Smoking will be prohibited

2. Vehicle access is strictly controlled.

3. Ventilation will be sufficient to cope with the maximum expected vapour levels in building.



4. Storage tank vents to the atmosphere will be sized for fire-heated emergency vapour release.

5. Electrical equipment will be explosion-proof to meet national electrical code requirements.

6. Dry chemical extinguishers will be accessible for small fires. An adequate supply of handheld and wheeled types shall be available.

7. Hydrants shall be strategically placed with adequate hoses.

8. Small spills shall be remediated with sand, earth, or other non-combustible absorbent material, and the area then flushed with water. Larger spills will be diluted with water and diked for later disposal.

9. Lighting grounded. Tall vessels and structures will be fitted with lightning conductors that are securely grounded.

Precaution in Case of Fire

⮚ All practicable measures will be taken to prevent outbreak of fire and its spread, both internally and externally, to provide and maintain:-

a) Safe means of escape for all person in the event of a fire, and

b) The necessary equipment and facilities for extinguishing fire.

⮚ Effective measures will be taken to ensure that all the workers are familiar with the means of escape in case of fire and have been adequately trained in the routine to be followed in such cases.

Fire Fighting Personal Protective Equipment -

Due consideration will be given to hazards from chemical and heat exposure. Therefore, fire-fighters wear full-face, positive pressure, self-contained breathing apparatus or an airline. Chemical protection will be provided with impervious clothing, gloves and footwear. Suitable materials include polyvinyl plastic, neoprene or rubber.



7.6.4. ChemicalChemicals will be used in the process. Few of them are hazardous and thus require necessary safety measures.

Chemical Handling:

● Instructions shall be given to not pressurize, cut, weld, braze, solder, drill, grind, or expose empty containers to heat, sparks or open flames.

● Operator training as well as written operating instructions, safety rules and checklists will be provided.

● All the toxic chemicals shall be pumped in closed loop to the reactors to avoid fugitive emissions.

● All the storage / reactor vents shall be connected with water scrubbers.

● Local exhaust ventilation facility will be available at strategic locations of all plants where chemicals are handled/packing done to remove traces of chemical vapours/dust.

● Required Personal Protective Equipment like respirators/dust masks, gloves, goggles, shoe, apron, etc. are issued and will be used by employees when handling chemicals.

● Eye washer / Safety showers will be available at strategic locations of all plants.

● Periodically work-place shall be monitored to identify toxic chemicals presence if any.

● All employees shall be advised to take a bath before leaving the work spot at the end of the shift and followed.

● Annual medical examination shall be done for all the employees.

● Doctor will visit the plant twice to check for employees.

Sources of Exposure: Human exposure to chemicals can occur mainly via absorption, contact with the eyes, inhalation or ingestion.

First Aid Measures taken:



1. In case chemicals come in contact with the skin, remove contaminated clothing. Wash with soap and water for 15 minutes. Seek medical attention if irritation occurs.

2. In the case of chemicals in contact with the eyes, flush immediately with gently running water for a minimum of 15 minutes, ensuring all surfaces and crevices are flushed by lifting lower and upper lids. Obtain medical attention.

3. In case of inhalation of chemical’s vapours, remove the individual to fresh air, but only if it is safe to do so. Asphyxiation from vapours may require artificial respiration. Due to the possibility of delayed onset of more serious illness, it is important to obtain medical attention.

4. Ingestion of chemicals is life threatening. Onset of symptoms may be delayed for 18 to 24 hours after ingestion. Do not induce vomiting. Transport to medical attention. The individual should remain under close medical care and observation for several days.

Chemical Storage:

● Chemicals shall be kept away from heat, sparks, and flame. Kept away from sources of ignition stored in a tightly closed container.

● Chemicals will be stored in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from incompatible substances. Specific storage will be given as per chemicals storage requirement.

● Storage & handling area will be readily accessible with safety showers, fire extinguishers and other fire-fighting equipment, water hydrants with spray nozzle and other emergency equipment such as chemical proof suits and respiratory apparatus.

● The flammable materials shall be stored in a separate safety storage room. Kept away from heat. Kept away from sources of ignition. Containers will be kept tightly closed and in a cool, well-ventilated place.

● Operating procedures will be in place with appropriate training.

Spills/Leaks: Spills will be absorbed with inert material (e.g. vermiculite, sand or earth), then placed in a suitable container. All sources of ignition will be removed and



a spark-proof tool used. Ventilation will be provided and a vapour suppressing foam used to reduce vapours.

7.6.5. Hazardous substance & ChemicalsSome of the raw materials solvents, fuels and products are classified as hazardous substances. Based on the physical, thermal, chemical and biological properties available from the material safety data sheets (MSDS) of the various substances handled in the proposed project, the hazardous substances are identified. Storage of all chemicals shall not exceed their threshold limit, if any. All provisions as per M.S.I. of Hazardous Chemicals Rules 1989 shall be followed as required for the chemicals falling in the list of rules.

To prevent and control risk and damage, all the raw material shall be stored in leak proof MS/SS tanks at a secured and contained location with proper safety measures. MSDS will be displayed at all the prominent sites.

The identification of specific scenarios is based on the assessment of likely events and incidence of failures. In most of the cases stored quantities of liquid fuel and chemicals are considered in hazard identification.

Table 86. Storage & threshold limit of hazardous chemicals

S.No. Chemical Nature of Chemical (Schedule I & III)

Storage Quantity

Threshold Quantity (as per MSIHC Rules, 1989)

1. Diesel (fuel) Highly-Inflammable 1 KL 2500 tonnes

2. Hydrochloric Acid (ByProduct)

Hazardous 400 tonnes -

3. Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (Product)

- 500 MT -

Raw Material1. Liquid Paraffin Inflammable 500 MT2. Chlorine Toxic-Group 2 18 tonnes 25 tonnes 3. Epoxy Plasticizer

(Heat Stabilizer)- 10 MT -

4. UVITEX (brightener)

- 25 Kg -



The chemicals which are stored more than the threshold quantities are considered for major accident hazard.

1. Fuel oil (LDO/HFO), used as supportive fuel is classified as Highly Flammable liquid as its flash point remains within 30 ̊C– 90 ̊C. Its threshold quantity is 2500 tonnes.

2. Chlorine is a toxic gas and its threshold quantity is 25 tonnes. A substantial release will then form a vapour cloud. As the cloud travels under the influence of wind, it disperses and its concentration becomes further diluted and at some distance concentration becomes non-hazardous.

3. Hydrochloric Acid, sodium hypochlorite are hazardous chemicals but are not included in Schedule-III for MSIHC Rules, 1989

Explosion hazards can take place due to the following reasons:

a) Bursting of Pipe Lines, Vessels

● Water /gas pipes due to high pressure/ temperature

● Gas lines and Acid lines.

● Acid/Alkali tanks

● Gas Cylinders

● Compressed air header

● Compressed air receivers

● Electrical Hazards

● Fire Hazards

b) Failure scenario/Release of Liquid posing risk are listed below:

● Spillage in Acid and alkali tanks

● Leak in Chlorine toners & 100 m pipeline from Grasim Industries

● Spillage, Leak & Catastrophic Rupture in Fuel oil tanks in fuel oil handling section.



7.6.6. Mitigation Measures

7.6.6.1. General Mitigation Measures

Fire is one of the major hazards, which can result from auxiliary fuel (LDO & Transformer Oil) storage tanks. The fire service facility shall be equipped with:

Smoke and fire detection alarm system

● Water supply

● Fire hydrant and nozzle installation

● Foam system

● Water fog and sprinkler system

● Mobile Firefighting equipment

● First aid appliances

● Smoke and fire detection, fire hydrant & nozzle installation etc. as indicated above shall be included as part of all major units at the proposed project.

● Periodic maintenance of all protective and safety equipment.

● Windsocks/wind cock should be installed at suitable height and with proper visibility to check the prevailing wind direction at the time of accident.

● Periodical training/awareness would be given to the work force at the project as refresher courses to handle any emergency situation.

● Periodic mock drills should be conducted so as to check the alertness and efficiency of the Disaster Management Plan (DMP) and corresponding records should be maintained.

● Sign Boards including emergency phone numbers and no smoking signs should be installed at all appropriate locations.

● Plant would have an adequate communication system.

● All major units/equipment shall be provided with smoke/fire detection and alarm system.



● All electrical equipment shall be provided with proper earthing. Earthed electrode shall be periodically tested and maintained.

● Emergency lighting shall be available at all critical locations including the operator’s room to carry out safe shut down of the plant, ready identification of fire-fighting facilities such as fire water pumps, fire alarm stations, etc.

● In addition to normal lighting each installation shall be equipped with emergency (AC) and critical (DC) lighting.

● All electrical equipment shall be free from carbon dust, oil deposits, grease, etc.

● Cable routing shall be planned away from heat sources, gas, water, oil, drain piping, air conditioning ducts, etc.

● Cable route markers shall be provided in the permanent way at the location of changes in the direction of cables and at cable joint locations.

● Chlorine detectors and Chlorine arresting kits would be provided at relevant locations.

● There would be necessary provision for emergency stop of critical equipment from the control room in the event of a major leak/flash fire at the Plant.

● Clearly defined escape routes would be developed for the Station taking into account the impairment of escape by hazardous releases and sign boards be erected in places to guide personnel in case of an emergency.

● Well defined assembly points in safe locations would be identified for personnel in case of an emergency.

● Windsocks visible from all directions would be provided. This will assist people to escape in upwind or cross wind direction from flammable releases.

● There should be an SOP established for clarity of actions to be taken in case of fire/leak emergency.

7.6.6.2. Specific Mitigation Measures

● All persons operating chlorine process will be trained for use of emergency kits during leakage.



● Air pollution control system shall be adopted so that ambient air pollution is not more than 3 mg/nm3 permitted by the pollution control board.

● Wind sock shall be installed and workers are trained to go against the direction in case of an accident.

● HNP storage tanks shall be kept at least 25 ft. away from chlorine header and reactor.

● Chlorine toners shall be kept under a shed so that no exposure is made to any source of direct heat.

● Ammonia torch shall be kept ready for detection of any leakage of chlorine.

● Three oxygen cylinder type gas masks and one canister type masks shall be kept ready for handling chlorine leakage.

● Graphic block absorbers with neutralizers shall be installed for control of HCL fumes.

● In case of fire, chlorine cylinders shall be removed immediately from the fire zone to avoid explosion .

● In case of chlorine leakage, the first step to be taken is to remove all persons not directly connected upwind (opposite to the direction of wind), and to a higher plane in the open and only trained personnel shall be allowed to attend leakage, with use of gas mask.

● Emergency kits shall be kept consisting of gasket, yokes, hoods, clamps, studs, tie rod, wooden pegs.

● To control large accidental spillage of liquid chlorine on the floor, chilled water shall be sprayed so that film of chlorine hydrate is formed thus reducing the rate of evaporation from spillage. Immediate steps will be taken to neutralize spilled chlorine with lime/caustic soda.

SPECIFIC SAFETY PROTOCOLS

CHLORINATED PARAFFIN PLASTICIZER

● Manually filling with proper safety and to the tankers by gear pump

Arrangement as : -



● Hand Gloves

● Apron

● Gumboot/Safety Shoes

● Goggles etc.

● There is an electronic weighing machine for actual weighment (250 kg’s) and actual filling. So there are not any chances of over filling.

CHLORINE GAS

● Chlorine evaporator outlet line connected with a pipe line provided by GIL for neutralization of any snuff gases.

● So, we shall be making all necessary arrangements as per guidelines of factory act.

7.6.7. MechanicalMechanical hazards are created by powered operation of equipment or tools.

Mechanical hazards can occur at:

1. Process machinery

2. DG set room

3. Reactor

4. Vehicular Movement

Following preventive measures will be taken:

1. Periodic replacement of critical components of machine.

2. Proper training to operators of machines.

3. Safe distance demarcating on Process machinery and reactor

4. Sign of danger at the hazard places.



7.6.8. ThermalThermal hazards are objects or substances that transfer energy as heat.

Plasticizer Manufacturing Industry can have following points of thermal hazard:

● Open flame

● Reactor Vessel

● Hot machines/ equipment

The thermal hazard can cause burn of skin; following preventive measures can be taken:

● The open flame area like canteen are restricted for entry.

● Reactor section will be properly insulated and safe distance & guard are provided.

● D.G set room etc. area restricted for entry.

● Operators in the thermal hazard area will be provided with protective gears like gloves, goggles etc.

● For emergency first aid room shall be provided and well maintained.

7.7. Emergency Response ProcedureEven after all the preventive measures for any emergency following infrastructure has been provided:

1. There will be an Emergency Control Room.

2. Assembly area demarcated for Industry.

3. Communication systems will be installed which include the intercom and public address system.

4. Fire alarms will be installed at vulnerable places.

5. The safe zones (at the time of emergency) will be displayed at different locations.



6. The First Aid facility will be made available in the Control room.

In case of emergency following action shall be taken:

1. The emergency shall be declared in case of following:

i) Fire alarm buzzing (Fire hazard)

ii) Vibration/Earthquake feeling (Earthquake)

iii) Water logging above 30 cm (Flood)

iv) Any unusual smell of gas or suffocating feeling (Chemical leakage)

v) Security alarm from main gate. (Security risk/Terrorism)

2. On declaration of emergency, communication shall be made to residents for any type of emergency

3. All the residents of the affected area shall be moved to safe zone

4. The control measures shall be done as per the emergency action plan for each type of hazard.

5. All the members of the disaster management cell shall take charge of their respective duties.

6. Outside help like fire tender, police ambulance etc. shall be called by site controller or Incident controller.

7.7.1. Recovery ProcedureThe recovery procedure will depend on the type of emergency. Recovery procedure shall be followed by the engineering section to restore the essential services.

7.8. Off Site Emergency Management PlanIf an accident takes place in an industry/ unit & its impacts are felt outside its premises, the situation is called an “Off-site Emergency”. To meet such Emergencies, an Off-site Emergency Plan is required to be prepared.



Cause of off-site emergency

In a Plasticizer manufacturing industry, the chemical storage room, chemical handling area & transportation of the chemicals, or a problem in the plant utilities may cause off- site emergency to occur.

The main objectives of the off-site emergency plan are: -

i. To save lives and injuries.

ii. To prevent or reduce property losses and

iii. To provide for quick resumption of normal situations or operations.

Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996 prescribes for the constitution of the State Crisis Group as apex body at the State Level to deal with major chemical accidents and to provide expert guidance for handling major chemical accidents and for the constitution of District and Local Crisis Groups.

7.8.1. Vulnerability AnalysisThe vulnerable analysis is done for the hazards that may cause offsite emergency as given below:

Table 87. Vulnerability Analysis

Activity Hazard Severity (1-5)

Likelihood (1-5)

Severity x likelihood (1-25) (1 – Hazard with Least Concern & 25 - Hazard with Highest Concern)

Vulnerability Radius

Spillage/ leakage 3 2 6 Approximately 50 m

ChemicalTransportation

Fire/ Explosion 4 2 8

Approximately 200 m

Spillage/ leakage 3 2 6 Approximately 50 mChemical

Storage & Handling


Approximately 200 m



Reactor Vessel Operation


Approximately 250 m

7.9. Preventive Measures

7.9.1. During TransportationFollowing measures shall be adopted to ensure safe transportation:

• The transportation of the raw material, chemicals & products will be done in Leak Proof MS Tankers/Drums while transporting through trucks & tempo.

• Special reference trucks shall be employed for transportation from the port to the site.

• Cushion will be provided to the materials to prevent chemical container breakage.

• Safety data sheets will be kept & Labelling done on the tanks used for transportation of the chemicals.

• A sheet listing the materials being transported shall be available in the vehicle and the emergency phone numbers shall also be listed.

• Workers/ drivers will be trained for MSDS & handling of these chemicals.

• Proper First Aid facility shall be provided within the transportation vehicle in case of any accidental release.

• The shipping paper of vehicles used for transportation of hazardous chemicals shall be proper & vehicles shall not be overloaded.

7.9.2. During Storage and Handling● Based on the physical, thermal, chemical and biological properties available

from the material safety data sheets (MSDS) of the various substances handled in the proposed project, the hazardous substances shall have identified. Out of the chemicals used, the ones notified under M.S.I. of Hazardous Chemical Rules (1989) shall have the necessary provisions as specified.



● Permission for storage of hazardous chemicals over the threshold shall be obtained and necessary measures for it shall be taken.

● To prevent and control risk and damage, all the raw material will be stored in leak proof MS/SS tanks at a secured and contained location with proper safety measures. MSDS will be displayed at all the prominent sites

● Chemicals shall be stored in the environment as specified to prevent reactivity (temperature, pressure etc.)

● Handling will be done as per NIOSH guidelines

● There will be common drainage lines or water bodies near the chemical storage room to avoid contamination of water up to long distances.

7.9.3. Process Emission/Odour Control1. Chemicals will be transferred in closed systems from bulk tanks to avoid

fugitive emissions.

2. Chemicals from drums will be transferred inside the toxic cabin which will be connected with water scrubber. Respirator will be used by the operator during transfer to avoid odour nuisance.

7.9.4. Emergency Response ProceduresUnder the ‘Manufacturing, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules ‘preparation of ‘Off-site Emergency Plan’ is covered in Rule No.14. The duty of preparing and keeping up to date the ‘Off-site Emergency Plan’ as per this rule is placed on the District Emergency Authority. Also, occupiers are charged with the responsibility of providing the above authority with such information, relating to the industrial activity under their control, as they may require for preparing the off-site emergency plan.

As per the rules, the main component of the Off-Site Emergency Plan is coordination with the District Authority. The District Authority (i.e. District Collector, Factory Inspector etc.) in conjunction with the company & nearby industries under mutual aid scheme and relevant emergency services should have an off-site emergency plan considering the following:



• Incidents at the site including fires and/or explosions would likely cause concern among the local population. People will be advised to stay away from the area, and relevant actions shall be followed.

7.9.5. Roles and ResponsibilitiesThe roles of the various parties that may be involved in the implementation of an off-site plan are described below:

A) ROLE OF THE POLICE

● Protecting life and property and controlling traffic movements.

● Controlling bystanders, evacuating the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties and informing relatives of dead or injured.

B) ROLE OF THE FIRE AUTHORITIES

● The control of a fire is normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at the site.

● Fire authorities having major hazard works in their area should have familiarized themselves with the location on site of all stores of flammable materials, water and foam supply points and fire-fighting equipment.

C) ROLE OF THE HEALTH AUTHORITIES

● Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances and so on, have a vital part to play following a major accident and they should form an integral part of any emergency plan.

D) ROLES OF THE GOVERNMENT SAFETY AUTHORITY

● In the event of an accident, local arrangements regarding the role of the factory inspector will apply.

● In the aftermath, factory inspectors may wish to ensure that the affected areas are rehabilitated safely.

Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996 prescribes for the constitution of the State Crisis Group as apex body at the State



Level to deal with major chemical accidents and to provide expert guidance for handling major chemical accidents and for the constitution of District and Local Crisis Groups.

A. Functions of the State Crisis Group

i. Review all district off-site emergency plans in the State with a view to examine its adequacy in accordance with the Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical, Rules and forward a report to the Central Crisis Group once in three months;

ii. Assist the State Government in the planning, preparedness and mitigation of major chemical accidents at a site in the State;

iii. Continuously monitor the post-accident situation arising out of a major chemical accident in the State and forward a report to the Central Crisis Group;

iv. Review the progress report submitted by the District Crisis Groups;

B. Functions of the District Crisis Group

i. Assist the preparation of the district off-site emergency plan;

ii. Review all the on-site emergency plans prepared by the occupier of Major Accident Hazards installation for the preparation of the district off-site emergency plan;

iii. Assist the district administration in the management of chemical accidents at a site lying within the district;

iv. Ensure continuous information flow from the district to the Centre and State Crisis Group regarding accident situation and mitigation efforts;

v. Forward a report of the chemical accident to the State Crisis Group; and Conduct mock-drill of a chemical accident at a site each year.

C. Functions of the Local Crisis Group

i. Prepare local emergency plan for the industrial pocket;

ii. Ensure dovetailing of the local emergency plan with the district off-site emergency plan;

iii. Train personnel involved in chemical accident management;



iv. Conduct at least one full scale mock-drill of a chemical accident at a site every six month and forward a report to the District Crisis Group; and

v. Respond to all public inquiries on the subject.

7.9.6. Recovery ProceduresThe recovery procedure depends on the type of emergency. Recovery plans based on

different emergencies are prepared. Recovery procedure shall be followed by the

engineering section to restore the essential services.

7.10. Emergency Control Team

7.10.1. Key PersonnelThe key personnel involved in Emergency (Onsite & Offsite) are given below:

1. Emergency Controller – Plant Head

2. Incident Controller – EHS Manager

3. Security Supervisor

4. Utilities Manager

5. Fire fighter

6. Evacuation members [Emergency Response Team (ERT) Members]

7. First Aid provider

8. Rescue members

7.10.2. Chain of command during emergencyThe organizational chart for coordination within the industry as well as the external agencies is given below:



Figure 49. Chain of command during emergency

7.11. R&R Action PlansThere is no need for R&R activities for the proposed expansion as the expansion will take place within the existing operational unit, no additional land is required for further construction.



8. Project Benefits

8.1. Improvements in the physical infrastructureThe beneficial impact of the proposed project on the civic amenities will be substantial after commencement of the project activities. The basic requirement of the community will be strengthened by extending healthcare facilities to the community, building/strengthening of existing roads and drinking water facility in the area will help in uplifting the living standards of local communities.

8.2. Improvements in the social infrastructureThe gap between demand and supply of the chlorinated paraffin plasticizers will be minimized. With the implementation of the proposed plant, the increasing industrial activity will boost the commercial and economic status of the locality, the socio-economic status of the local people will improve substantially. The required skilled and unskilled laborers will be utilized maximum from the local area. The land rates in the area will improve in the nearby areas due to the proposed activity. This will help in upliftment of the social status of the people in the area. Educational institutions will also come-up and will lead to improvement of educational status of the people in the area. Primary health the medical facilities will certainly improve due to the proposed project.

8.3. Employment potential –skilled; semi-skilled and unskilledPlasticizer manufacturing industry is a large and growing market. There will be economic benefit due to the selling of products all over India. It will attract people to develop organized plasticizer manufacturing industry. The project will create extra opportunities of direct and indirect employment for which skilled and unskilled manpower will be needed.



About 30 people will be deployed temporarily during construction of the project. In the operation phase, the proposed plant would require a significant workforce of nontechnical and technical persons. About 45 people will be employed during the operational stage of the project (direct or in direct). The project will be beneficial in government’s target of increasing the production capacity.

The industries will require raw materials, skilled and unskilled laborers. It will be available from the local area. Due to increasing industrial activities, it will boost the commercial and economic status of the locality, to some positive extent.

8.4. Other tangible benefitsEstablishment of the proposed project will contribute to the increase in the market size in India. The chlorinated paraffin plasticizers will be given to manufacturers which will replace the imports of the chemicals. The proposed project will help to reduce dependence of imports and save foreign exchange.



9. Environmental Cost Benefit AnalysisAs per EIA Notification 2006, Chapter 9 i.e. Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis to be prepared if recommended at the Scoping Stage.

However, during the Scoping Stage, no such conditions are mentioned in the TOR letter.



10. Environment Management Plan

10.1. Introduction The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is a site-specific plan developed to ensure that the project is implemented in an environmentally sustainable manner where all stakeholders including the project proponents, contractors and subcontractors, including consultants, understand the potential environmental risks arising from the proposed project and take appropriate actions to properly manage that risk. Adequate environment management measures need to be incorporated during the entire planning, construction and operating stages of the project to minimize any adverse environmental impact and assure sustainable development of the area.

The Environment Management Plan presented below will be followed and regular monitoring of relevant parameters as stated in post – project monitoring schedule will be carried out. The Environment Management Plan will be proactive in nature and will be upgraded if new facilities or modification of existing facilities, with environmental concerns, come up at a later stage.

10.2. Organizational Role and Responsibility M/s Suntek Plasticizer Pvt. Ltd. understand the responsibility to operate the industries properly with respect to the Environment and the health and safety of its employees and the other people who are associated with the project and maybe get affected by the activities and to conduct the operations of the industries with proper protection and safety to the environment.

The HSE Policy of the Excel industries given below:

Management Policy

The company has a written policy for the safety, Health and Environment Management. Through this policy, the company management commits itself to the following objectives.

● Meet all the relevant laws, regulations and international agreements



● Conduct its activities safely, protecting the health of all employees and the products users

● Reduce the adverse environmental impacts to a practicable minimum at an acceptable cost to the company and society

● Encourage continuous improvement in safety, health and environment performance.

Figure 50. Environmental Policy

Environment Management



● Periodic review of environmental status;● Implementation and maintenance of green buffer areas;● Review of ETP, STP, DG, operations and maintenance of APCS;● Monitoring of collection and treatment of waste;● Compliance to conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearances (EC) and

consents;● Implementation of EMP;● Undertake awareness activities for industries and residential areas.

Social Management

● Undertake continuous engagement with local community;● Address grievances of the complex, local community and residents.

10.2.1. Role of Project proponent (Top Management)M/s Suntek Plasticizer Pvt. Ltd. will have ultimate responsibility for implementing the provisions of the EMP. This will include the management of environmental impacts, monitoring of contractor performance as well as development of mechanisms for dealing with environmental problems. The proponent will also ensure that the activities of its contractors during the construction phase are conducted in accordance with Good practice measures, implementation of which will be required through contractual documentation. In order to facilitate this, the regular site inspections and their noting will be documented by the PP/Contractor. The organisational structure of the M/s Suntek Plasticizer Pvt. Ltd. is presented below:



Figure 51. Environment Management Cell

10.2.2. Role of Contractor Contractors will also be expected to demonstrate commitment to the environmental monitoring programs at all levels in the contractor’s management structure. It will be ensured the following:

● The Contractors involved in the project will be responsible for implementation of and adherence to, all the mitigation measures outlined in the EIA;

● Appropriate experienced and qualified personnel are employed as the Contractor’s Environmental Manager

● All the environmental incidents to be reported to the M/s Excel Industries Limited at the earliest;

● To maintain records of all the inspection conducted;● A program of regular self-inspection and audit will be developed and

implemented and results reporting will be done to the M/s Excel Industries Limited EHS team on a regular basis.

10.2.3. Inspection, Monitoring and AuditThis will increase the effectiveness of the EMP. Through this process M/s Suntek Plasticizer Pvt. Ltd. will ensure the conditions stipulated in the Environmental Clearance (EC), Consent to Establish (CTE), Consent to Operate (CTO) etc are compiled with. The Audit will be conducted by the team for the implementation of the management system. The entire process of inspection and audit will be documented and findings of the above will be implemented by the M/s Suntek Plasticizer Pvt. Ltd.

10.2.4. Monitoring, Reporting and Documentation ● Reporting of environmental, health, safety and social performance reports or

check list, incident record register etc. will be developed and implemented through a program of reporting and reviewing throughout the project.

● Reports from inspection, audits and other improvement program will be regularly communicated;

● All complaints and enquiries will be addressed with records maintained in an assigned register by the safety officer of each contractor;



● Internal and external reporting mechanism will be developed, internal reporting will comprise the concerned officials from the Environment management team, the representatives of the contractors and the top management of M/s Suntek Plasticizer Pvt. Ltd.

● The internal reporting will be undertaken on quarterly basis while the external reporting will be undertaken half yearly.

● Annual environmental report known as ‘Environment statement’ as per FORM V of the EPA Rules, 1986, six monthly compliance reports as per EC of MoEFCC, compliance reports as per CTE/CTO etc. will be submitted to the regulatory authorities.

All the above reports will be documented in the documentation system as per the requirement of MoEFCC and other relevant regulatory authorities.

10.2.5. Internal Monitoring, Reporting and Communication The EHS head will be responsible for the internal monitoring. Inspection and audit findings along with the improvement program will be reported to the senior management regularly. Records should be maintained for regulatory, monitoring and operational issues.

10.2.6. Documentation It is the most important step in the implementation of the Environment Management plan. Suntek Plasticizer Pvt. Ltd. has a well established record keeping and management system as per the requirement. Responsibilities will be assigned to the relevant personnel ensuring that the EMP documentation and records are maintained. Typical record keeping requirements for the proposed project is summarized below.

● Master Environment Management System document● Legal register● Operation control Procedures● Work Instructions● Incident reports● Emergency preparedness and response procedure



● Training records● Monitoring reports● Audit reports● Compliance Report● Safety Committee meeting record.● Complaints/Suggestions register and issue attended/closed● Solid Waste and Hazardous waste generation, Handling and Disposal ● Quantity of wastewater and Treated water generated and its quality● Survival rate/ratio of the Trees planted.● Environmental Permits / Consents from MOEF● Employee environmental, health and safety records● Equipment inspection and calibration records, where applicable● Vehicle maintenance and inspection record

10.2.7. EMP Review & Amendments The EMP will be reviewed periodically to update it addressing any changes in the organisation, process or regulatory requirements. The EHS Head has all the mandate for coordination of the actions required for environment mitigation and management and monitoring the progress of the proposed management plans and various action plans to be implemented for the project.

10.3. Environment Management PlanAn Environment Plan has been developed following the identification of impacts and mitigation measures. The mitigation measures suggested will be as according to the monitoring schedule.

The EMP includes the following:

● Mitigations suggested for adverse environmental and social impacts and associated risks;

● Personnel responsible for implementing the mitigation measures at various stages of the project;

● The mitigation measures suggested in Chapter 4 would be implemented. This will reduce the impact on the environment due to the expansion of the project. To facilitate easy implementation, the recommendations suggested are grouped in different phases.



10.3.1. Environment Management Plan during Construction Phase

Table 88. EMP- Construction Phase

S. No. Parameters Mitigation Measures

1. Air Environment ● Water sprinkling shall be done at the location where dust generation is anticipated.

● No excavation of soil shall be carried out without adequate dust mitigation measures in place.

● No loose soil or sand or Construction & Demolition Waste or any other construction material that causes dust shall be left uncovered.

● Sprinkling shall be done every hour by a fixed sprinkling system.

● Construction material and waste should be stored only within earmarked area and road side storage of construction material and waste shall be prohibited

● Only covered vehicles carrying construction material and machinery and waste shall be permitted.

● Construction and Demolition Waste processing and disposal sites shall be identified and required dust mitigation measures be notified at the site.

● To minimize the occupational health hazard, proper masks shall be provided to the workers who are engaged in dust generation activity.

2. Water ● During the installation period, a total 2 KLD of water will be required for domestic purposes and same will be taken from tanker suppliers.

● During the installation phase, 1.6 KLD of domestic sewerage will be generated and disposed of to soak pit via septic tank.

● Runoff from the site shall not be allowed to stand (water logging), same shall be channelized to the nearby drain.

3. Noise ● During the installation stage, expected noise levels shall be in the range of 80-100 dB(A), which will decrease with increase in distance. Hence all the activities shall be carried out during the day time.

● There will be some noise generation due to movement of vehicles carrying materials during installation phase and as this is only a temporary phenomenon it can be managed by



properly regulating the movement of vehicular traffic so that the ambient air quality with respect to noise is not adversely affected.

● To prevent any occupational hazard earmuffs/earplugs shall be given to the workers working around or operating plant/ machinery emitting high noise levels. Use of plants or machinery shall be strictly prohibited during night hours. Careful planning of machinery operation and scheduling of operation shall be done to minimize such impact.

4. Solid Waste Management

● Approx. 4.5 kg/day of municipal solid waste will be generated and shall be sent to municipal solid waste site.

● C&D waste generated will be managed as per construction and demolition waste management rules 2016.

10.3.2. Environment Management Plan during Operation Phase

Table 89. EMP-Operation phase

S. No.

Parameters Mitigation Measures

1. Air Environment

The main sources of air emission from the facility area would be DG Sets, Chlorine Gas from Reactor, HCl fumes from Degasser and HCl fumes from Storage area. To prevent emissions fromDG set back-up of 2x125 kVA stack height of 2.4 m above roof level shall be maintained, chlorine gas emissions from reactor shall be controlled using hood and recirculating back to chlorine gas evaporator, HCl fumes from Degasser shall be Re-circulated to water scrubber using closed circuit and Excess HCl fumes from storage shall be supplied to M/s Grasim Industries Ltd. for neutralization/Sodium Hypo-chloride formation through pipeline.Green area in the plot will be 1420.45 m2 (32.65% of plot area) along with vertical green. shall be developed. The plantation work for green belt development shall be carried out as per CPCB guidelines.

2. WaterThe total quantity of wastewater generation from the industry will be 2.0 KLD and from domestic use will be 1.8 KLD. 2.0 KLD of water from the process shall be treated in EIA of 5 KLD and 1.8 KLD



of domestic water shall be treated in STP of 2 KLD based on MBBR technology and shall be reused within the plant for Process, Gardening, scrubbing, Boiler makeup and cooling purposes.

3. Noise

To reduce Ambient Noise level the following measures will be adopted-:

● Noise generating units like machinery area, canteen etc. will be well insulated with enclosed doors. Earmuffs will be used while running equipment of the Industry.

● Maintenance of vehicles and machinery will be done in a sustainable manner to ensure best performance and less loss.

● Vehicle and people flow during shift changes shall be regulated by allowing exits in a phased manner.

● The green belt will help in reducing noise levels in the complex as a result of attenuation of noise generated due to plant operations and transportation.

4.Waste Management

● Total 20 kg/day (7 TPA) Solid waste will be generated out of which shall be 8 kg/day (3 TPA) of Biodegradable waste shall be disposed off to the approved vendor. 6 kg/day (2 TPA) of non-biodegradable waste and 6 kg/day (2 TPA) of recyclable waste shall be given to the approved recycler. Used oil- 10 litre/month (0.2 kL/annum) & process waste (Hazardous) of 1 kg/day shall be sent to TSDF site for final disposal. No other process waste (Non- Hazardous) generation will be there as the raw materials/input will consequently get circulated within the process chamber only.

5.Occupational Health & Safety Management Plan

Action plan for the implementation of OHS standards as per OHSAS/USEPA/NIOSH/ ACGIH is being followed as given below:

● Occupational health surveillance programmes shall be done six monthly & and their records will be maintained.

● At the project site, an emergency First Aid facility will be provided. A room will be provided separately with provision of bed and an experienced doctor.

● Health check-up camps will be organized on a regular basis at company dispensary / nearby locations for nearby people to evaluate exposure of the workers to chemicals during pre-placement and periodic medical monitoring.

● Prior to working with chemicals, workers will be trained on its proper handling & storage and its MSDS.



● Proper medical facility arrangements will be provided in case of any accidental release.

● Label Precautions and First Aid facility will be provided.● Emergency plans will be prepared and mock drills of the on-

site emergency will be conducted. ● Employers and employees will be made aware of the

hazardous properties of materials in their workplaces, and the degree of hazard each poses.

● Inspection of the industrial activity will be done at least once a year and an annual status report on compliance with the Rules shall be submitted.

● An Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) Manager will be available, which handles all the safety issues related to man, machine & materials.

● Exterior refuge or safe areas include parking lots, open fields or streets which will be located away from the site of the emergency are present and which provide sufficient space to accommodate the employees.

5.Socio-Economic Management Plan

● The Industry will require raw materials, skilled and unskilled laborers. It will be available from the local area. Due to increasing industrial activities, it will boost the commercial and economical status of the locality, to some positive extent.

● In the operation phase, the proposed plant would require a significant workforce of nontechnical and technical persons. About 30 people will be deployed temporarily during construction of the project and 45 people will be employed during the operational stage of the proposed project (direct or in direct).

6.Wildlife Conservation Plan

● There are two schedule I Species found in the buffer zone namely Bengal monitor (Varanus bengalensis) & Pavo cristatus (Peafowl). Conservation plan for the same has been prepared and submitted to the Chief Wildlife warden for Approval.

Following Conservation measures will be adopted ● Awareness generation meeting with local people● Habitat Improvement program for birds and mammals● Plantation along the roadside of the villages● Plantation of tree grooves within the study area● Pasture development in the study area

7.Greenbelt Development Plan

● Green area in the plot will be 1420.45 m2 (32.65% of plot area) along with vertical green.



● Total 285 number of trees will be planted all around the periphery of the project.

● Plantation Maintenance: it is important to clear or cut the unnecessary vegetation “Weed” regularly. This will help the required seeds to grow properly and increase the survival rate.

10.4. EMP Implementation BudgetTable 90. EMP Implementation Budget (Capital Cost)

S. No. Description Total Cost (In Lakhs)

1 Landscaping 5

2 ETP & STP 10

3 Air Emission Management 30

4 DG Stack & Acoustic Treatment 15

5 Solid Waste Management 5

6 Rain-Water Collection Tank 2

7 Social Responsibility* 15.5

8 Miscellaneous 2

Total Rs. 84.5 Lakhs (11.01 % of Project cost)

Table 91. EMP Implementation Budget (Recurring Cost)

S. No. Description Total Cost (In Lakhs)

1 Landscaping 1

2 Water Management 1

3 Air Management 5

4 Environment Monitoring 2

5 Solid Waste Management 1



6 Miscellaneous 1

Total Rs. 11 Lakhs/year (1.4% of Project cost)

*Budget of Social Responsibility

Table 92. Budget for Social Responsibility

S.No. Activity Provisions Areas1st year

2nd Year

3rd Year

4th Year

5th Year

Total (Lakhs)

1 Drinking water facility

Provision of water filters, purifiers etc., to provide clean drinking water in two government schools

Bishunpur & Dandila Khurd

- 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 3.5

2 Solar street light

Providing stand alone solar street light in village areas

Bishunpur, Dandila Khurd

1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 5.5

3 Health care facility

Arrange health care camps and distribution of medicines

Bishunpur & Dandila Khurd

1.5 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 6.5

TOTAL (LAKHS) 3.0 3.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 15.5

10.5. Environmental Cost Summary

Table 93. Cost Summary

S.No. Cost Summary Cost (in Lakhs)% of the project Cost

Reference In EIA



1 Project Cost 765 100.00 Chapter 2 Section 2.22

2Capital cost for Environment Management Plan

84.5 11.01 Chapter 10 Section 10.4

3Recurring cost for Environment Management Plan

11.00 1.4 Chapter 10 Section 10.4

4Budget for Occupational Health and Safety

8 1.04 Chapter 2 Section 2.23.2

5Budget for Public Health and Safety

2.00 0.02 Chapter 2 Section 2.23.2

6Budget for Wildlife Conservation Plan

10.00 1.3 Section D.



11. Summary & Conclusion

11.1. Project Description Suntek Plasticizer Private Limited will develop “Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit” at Dandila Khurd, Near Grasim Industries Limited, Garhwa Road, Rehla, Palamau, Jharkhand-822124. The proposed capacity of the plant will be Product- 42000 MTPA (Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer- CPP) and By-Product 66500 MTPA (Hydrochloric Acid:30-32%). The estimated cost of the proposed project is Rs. 7.650 Crores. Since, the proposed project site is located outside the Notified Industrial Area. Hence the proposed project falls under Item 5(f) Category “A” as per Schedule of EIA Notification, 2006 and its subsequent amendments. MoEF&CC has accorded standard Terms of Reference (TOR) for the proposed project vide TOR number IA-J-11011/320/2019-IA-II(I) dated 08.12.2019.

The EIA for public hearing was submitted in JSPCB and public hearing was successfully conducted on 16.10.2020.

11.2. Description of the Environment Study Period: Monitoring was carried out Post Monsoon Season from October 2019-December 2019. The results for Post Monsoon Season have been summarized below:

Ambient Air Quality: The ambient air quality of 8 Sampling Locations. All the sampling locations PM10, CO, SO2, NO2, VOCs & PM2.5 values are within the limits of National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The mean value of PM10 ranges from (68.54-78.69 µg/m3), PM2.5 ranges from (36.22-40.10 µg/m3), SO2 ranges from (9.71-13.58 µg/m3), NO2 ranges from (21.77-25.96 µg/m3), CO ranges from (0.65-0.88 mg/m3) which are within the limits of National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS). As per the Air Quality Index by CPCB the air quality of the buffer zone is found to be Satisfactory.

Ambient Noise Quality: The eight locations from N1 to N8 (Onsite (NW), Onsite (SE), Aditya Birla Colony, Bishunpur, Dandila Kalan, Dandila Khurd, Garwa Road, Gordiha) are meeting the day and night-time standards while the other two locations at N9 (Approach Road) and N10 (NH-75) are exceeding the standard limit of the noise



quality standards. Due to ambient base noise, high values of noise levels at night were observed. The slight increase in noise level at daytime is due to increased vehicular movement at NH-75 and increased physical activity as some sites mentioned above in the table that are densely populated.

Groundwater Quality: The Ground water quality at location W1, Nearby Site (supply water) shows that total dissolved solids, chloride, total hardness, calcium, magnesium & phosphate are above the standards of drinking water standards (IS:10500). Thus, the water quality of the core zone shall fit for the consumption after primary treatment.

For Buffer Zone:The Ground water quality at all location shows that

● Total Dissolved solid (TDS-mg/L), Alkalinity, Chloride, Total hardness, Calcium, Magnesium, at locations W1, W3-W8 is higher than the drinking water standards (IS:10500)

● The sulphate concentration (mg/L) at W4 is exceeding the drinking water standards (IS:10500)

● The nitrate nitrogen concentration (mg/L) is exceeding the drinking water standards (IS:10500)

Surface water Quality: The surface water quality of the collected sampling locations Bhelwa Nadi, North Koel River, Danro River, Kunti Sot & Baghi River was in compliance with the Class “C” i.e. Drinking water source after conventional treatment and disinfection as per CPCB surface water quality- Designated Best Use.

Soil Quality

Color varies from Brown to Dull Reddish Brown, pH ranges from 5.9 to 9.3. Amount of primary nutrients like Organic matter 0.2 % to 0.6 %, the Available Nitrogen 35.0 mg/kg to 106.4 mg/kg is lower in range, the Available Phosphorus 7.8 mg/kg – 18.8 mg/kg is high in range, Available Potassium 12.8 mg/kg to 34.7 mg/kg is medium to high in range, Primary nutrient profile shows that soil is average fertile due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen, available potassium

Biological Environment

Flora Core Zone: Core Zone is nearly vacant with few species of shrubs, herbs and grasses in the site and nearby..



Flora Buffer Zone: In Buffer Zone varieties of trees, Varieties trees, shrubs, wild plants, flowering plants such as Albizia lebbeck (Siris Tree), Azadirachta indica (Neem Tree), Dalbergia latifolia (Shisham), Embilica officinalis (Amla), Madhuca indica (Mahua), Salvadora persica (Salt brush) etc.

Endangered Species: There are two schedule I Species found in the buffer zone namely Varanus benghalensis (Monitor lizard) & Pavo cristatus (Peafowl). The conservation plan with the budget has been prepared and submitted for approval to Chief Wildlife Warden.

Socio-economic Environment: A total of 70 villages fall within the radial distance of 10 Km from the project site. All these villages fall in district Palamu, Jharkhand. The demographic profile shows that the total population of the study area is 118100 which constitute 21721 households..

11.3. Anticipated environmental impact and mitigation measuresWater Environment

Total water required during the installation phase will be 10 KLD which shall be taken from the Tanker water supply. 2 KLD of water shall be used for drinking water for construction labour and 8 KLD of water shall be used for construction purposes. Approximately 1.6 KLD domestic wastewater will be generated which will be discharged to septic tanks which shall be cleaned regularly.

The total water requirement for the project after expansion will be 140.3 KLD out of which, fresh water will be 137 KLD and ETP cum STP treated water usage will be 3.3 KLD. The fresh water source is through borewell. 20. KLD of waste water generation shall be there from Cooling Tower which shall be treated in ETP of 5 KLD and 1.8 KLD of waste water from domestic use will be treated in STP of 2 KLD based on MBBR technology.

Air Environment

Water sprinkling shall be done at the location where dust generation is anticipated. No loose soil or sand or Construction & Demolition Waste or any other construction material that causes dust shall be left uncovered. Construction material and waste



will be stored only within earmarked area and road side storage of construction material and waste shall be prohibited.

For D.G. Set back up: 2×150 kVA stack height of 2.4 m above roof level shall be provided. Chlorine gas emissions from Reactor shall be controlled Controlled by using hood and recirculating back to Chlorine gas evaporator. Re-circulation of HCl fumes generated from De-gaser shall be done back to water scrubber using closed circuit. Excess HCl fumes from Storage shall be supplied to M/s Grasim Industries Ltd for neutralization/Sodium Hypo-chloride formation through pipeline.

Solid and Hazardous waste

Solid waste of 4.5 kg/day shall be generated from construction labours which shall be then disposed off at the MSW site. Used oil whenever generated shall be given to authorized hazardous waste recycler.

Total 20 kg/day (7 TPA) Solid waste will be generated out of which shall be 8 kg/day (3 TPA) of Biodegradable waste shall be disposed off to approved vendor. 6 kg/day (2 TPA) of non-biodegradable waste and 6 kg/day (2 TPA) of recyclable waste shall be given to approved recycler. Used oil- 10 litre/month (0.2 kL/annum) & process waste (Hazardous) of 1 kg/day shall be sent to TSDF site for final disposal. No other process waste (Non- Hazardous) generation will be there as the raw materials/input will consequently get circulated within the process chamber only.

Noise and Vibration

The aspects of the activities would be an increase in noise level which could lead to physiological and psychological problems to workers and nearby population. To minimize such impacts, mitigation measures like restriction of activities in the limited project area and for daytime only, proper maintenance of equipment and machinery, maintenance of noise barriers, provision of protective devices like earmuffs, silencers, plantation area in the nearby area, provision of No-Honking Zone in the area, maintenance of vehicular and traffic movement etc. would be adapted in the project site.


The aspects of the activities like dust emission, increase in noise level, soil erosion, noise generation, water contamination, vehicular emission and waste generation would directly /indirectly impact ecology & biodiversity by decrease in transpiration



rate of flora, loss of habitat, decrease in plant/tree cover, disturbance to avifauna and other species in the area and the surroundings. To minimize the impacts, mitigation measures like provision of air pollution control equipment, provision and proper maintenance of plantation area, installation of water sprinkling systems, provision of noise barriers, maintenance of vehicular movement near the project site and proper disposal and treatment of wastes generated from the project site will be done. The green area in the total plot will be 1420.45 m2 (32.65 % of plot area). Green belt will be developed at the periphery.

Socio-economic environment

No rehabilitation and resettlement is required as there is no habitation at the project site. Employment opportunities will be generated for the local population during the construction/installation phase. Approx. 30 laborers shall be deployed during the installation phase. During the Operation phase, development of roads, transportation, communication and related infrastructure in the region. Positive impacts on the present status of livelihood in the area. There will be an employment of approximately 45 skilled & unskilled personnel. Proper air pollution control systems will be used, proper segregation of waste, good housekeeping, treatment and disposal of wastes generated from the plant would be adapted in the area to provide positive impact on the Socio-economic environment.

11.4. Environmental Monitoring Programme Suntek Plasticizer Pvt. Ltd. will ensure that the environmental performances of all the activities are monitored throughout the execution of the various project activities. Monitoring will include all the aspects and parameters related to the process emissions from the manufacturing process, storage area, work zone area, quantities of waste generated, effluent generation and its characteristics, Environmental quality of components like Air, water, Soil, Noise are being verified that they meet the prescribed standards. Occupational health and safety monitoring will include Effective Health and safety management of the workers engaged, periodic health check up, reporting of all the incidents in the plant during the installation and operation phase. All the reports will be periodically submitted to the concerned regulatory authorities as compliance, audit reports.



11.5. Additional StudiesThe project is situated in the Seismic zone-III area. To avoid flooding or water logging in the area due to the existing nearby river, the site shall be raised above the existing road level. For chlorinated paraffin plasticizer manufacturing unit, all practicable measures shall be taken to prevent outbreak of fire and its spread, both internally and externally. The chemicals shall be stored in a separate safety storage room, shall be kept away from sources of ignition. All measures shall be taken as per law.

General safety measures

● Occupational health surveillance programmes shall be done six monthly & and their records will be maintained.

● At the project site, an emergency First Aid facility will be provided. A room will be provided separately with provision of bed and an experienced doctor.

● Health check-up camps will be organized on a regular basis at company dispensary / nearby locations for nearby people to evaluate exposure of the workers to chemicals during pre-placement and periodic medical monitoring.

● Prior to working with chemicals, workers will be trained on its proper handling & storage and its MSDS.

● Proper medical facility arrangements will be provided in case of any accidental release.

● Label Precautions and First Aid facility will be provided.● Emergency plans will be prepared and mock drills of the on-site emergency

will be conducted. ● Employers and employees will be made aware of the hazardous properties of

materials in their workplaces, and the degree of hazard each poses.● Inspection of the industrial activity will be done at least once a year and an

annual status report on compliance with the Rules shall be submitted.● An Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) Manager will be available, which

handles all the safety issues related to man, machine & materials.● Exterior refuge or safe areas include parking lots, open fields or streets which

will be located away from the site of the emergency are present and which provide sufficient space to accommodate the employees.



11.6. Project BenefitsThe benefits due to the proposed project are given below:

● The industry will spend Rs. 15.3 Lakhs as Social welfare activities in the area will be water purifiers, water filters & solar powered street lights etc.

● Employment opportunities will lead to a rise in income and improve standard of living. The industry would also generate jobs for the labourers during the construction phase as well as during operation phase. It will provide direct and indirect employment to local youth.

● Employment opportunities will lead to a rise in income and improve standard of living. Setting up of industry would also generate jobs for the labourers during the construction phase as well as during operation phase. It will provide direct and indirect employment and training to local people.

● Since many of the products are import substitutes – Make in India theme will get a boost. The country will be able to save valuable forien exchange.

● The company will sell its pesticide products at a competitive rate, this will help poor farmers to protect their crops and agricultural production will increase.

11.7. Environment Management Plan The effective management system involves proper and regular monitoring of the environment components for continual improvement. Based on the project descriptions and the activities associated, the Environment Management plan has been prepared for all the valued Components for which the Budget of Rs. 84.5 lakhs as capital cost & Rs. 11 Lakhs/year as recurring cost has been proposed by the Suntek Plasticizers Pvt. Ltd. Work zone monitoring shall be carried out by the HSE department every month for gaseous pollutants and dust. Records will be kept in standard Form as per Factories Rules. Location for sampling shall be identified. Quarterly and half yearly monitoring will be done by 3rd party during the operation phase.

11.8. ConclusionThus, it can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the mitigation measures and Environmental Management Plan, the operation of the project will have no major impact on the environment.



12. Disclosure of Consultants EngagedAbout Environmental Consultant

Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd, established by experienced environmental and related experts, provides specialized services in the field of Environment and Pollution Control for all types of Industrial, Construction, Nuclear Sciences, Biodiversity Mining, Aerial Ropeway and other related fields. Our transparent and professional approach, commitment to excellent quality and service, timely deliveries have contributed to create a name in the field of environment. We have a core group of highly qualified experts from various fields like Environment, Forestry, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Geology, Social Sciences, Electronics and Telecommunication with rich and diversified experience in the field of environment and pollution control. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd management, experience, excellence, professionalism and ultimate satisfaction has helped in achieving the heights of success in their specialized field of environment.

Core Team

Table 94. Core Team

Sr. No.

Name of the Expert Qualification Experience (yrs)

1 Mr. Praveen Bhargava, Managing Director

Pursuing Ph.D ,M.Sc (Chemistry),M.Phil (Chemistry),

33

2 Mrs. Rachna Bhargava, Director & C.E.O

Pursuing PhD,M.Sc. (Environment Sc.)Advanced EMS Auditor

28

3 Mr. Nipun Bhargava Pursuing Ph.D, M.Phil (Chem)M.Tech Chemical Engineering, B.E (Hons) Chemical Engineering

6

4 Prof. R. P. Mathur, Mentor Ph.D 605 Dr Vinay Bhargava, Mentor Ph.D 526 Mr. Santosh Pant, Director M. Tech 427 Mr. U.S. Pandey, Director B.Sc Engineering (Mining) 468 Mr. Rajiv Kumar (ex I.F.S) M.Sc (Botany),

A.I.F.C34



9 Mrs. Akta Chugh, Director M Sc Chemistry 1410 Mrs. Rachna Dogra,

DirectorM Phil Chemistry 10

11 Dr. Anil Kumar PhD(Chem) 40

ACCREDITATIONS OBTAINED

● ISO-9001:2015 Certification● ISO-14001:2015 Certification● QCI – NABET Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations



Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA Proposed Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer Manufacturing Unit at Village Dandila Kurd, Near Grasim Industries Ltd, Gharwa Road, Tehsil Bishrampur, Distt: Palamau, Jharkhand by Suntek Plasticizer Pvt. Ltd., hereby certify that I was a part of the EIA team under the capacity of EIA coordinator from August 2019 to till date that prepared the above EIA.

EIA Coordinator: Mr. Praveen Bhargava

Signature and Date:

Figure 52. Signature

Period of Involvement: August 2019 to till date

Office address: -

Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd.

5th floor, NN Mall, Mangalam Palace,

Sector – 3, Rohini, New Delhi – 110085

Table 95. FAE list

S. No. Functional Areas

Name of Expert/s Involvement (Period of task**)

Signature

1. LU Rajneesh Maurya

I was involved in preparing the Land Use map using Satellite Imagery, Google maps and Toposheet after primary survey. Period of Involvement: Aug-19 to till date

2. AQ Nipun Bhargava

I had visited the site to assess the site conditions in the surrounding area. After assessing the Air Quality of the area have prepared the Impact Mitigation measuresPeriod of Involvement: Aug-19 to till date

3. AP Nipun BhargavaI had visited the site to assess the site conditions in the surrounding area. After assessing the Air pollution



sources have prepared the Impact Mitigation measures Period of Involvement: Aug-19 to till date

4. WP Nipun Bhargava

I had visited the site to assess the water sources and its water quality in the study area. After studying the Water pollution sources have prepared the Impact report and suggested Mitigation measures Period of Involvement: Aug-19 to till date

5. EB Rajiv Kumar

I had visited the site to assess the various forest areas, Ecological and Biodiversity sources in the study area. After studying the various floral and faunal species, have prepared the Impact report and suggested Mitigation measuresPeriod of Involvement: Aug-19 to till date

6. SE Rachna Bhargava

I had visited the site to collect the baseline status of socio-economic conditions up to 3 km radius. Studied Villages in the study area using Topographical map and extracted Secondary data from the Census of India. Then I was involved in preparing a socio economic study report using the primary survey and secondary data which includes impact and mitigation measures.Period of Involvement: Aug-19 to till date

7. NV Muthukumaran

I had visited the site to assess the site conditions in the surrounding area. After assessing the Noise pollution sources have prepared the Impact Mitigation measures.Period of Involvement: Aug-19 to till date



8. HG Santosh Pant

I had visited the site to assess the physical observation of the study area including Ground water sources and its water quality. After studying the Water pollution sources have prepared the Impact report and suggested Mitigation measuresPeriod of Involvement: Aug-19 to till date

9. Geo Santosh Pant

I had visited the site to assess the physical observation of the study area including Ground water sources and its water quality. After studying the Water pollution sources have prepared the Impact report and suggested Mitigation measuresPeriod of Involvement: Aug-19 to till date

10. SCPraveen Bhargava

I had visited the site to assess the site conditions in the surrounding area. After assessing the type of soil and need of Soil Conservation, Prepared the Impact Mitigation measures accordingly.Period of Involvement: Aug-19 to till date

11. RH Nipun Bhargava

I had visited the site to assess the site conditions in the surrounding area and identified hazards. After assessing the risk and hazard prepared the Impact Mitigation measuresPeriod of Involvement: Aug-19 to till date

12. SHWPraveen Bhargava

I had visited the site to assess the site conditions in the surrounding area. After assessing the sources and existing solid waste management suggested impact and mitigation have been prepared.Period of Involvement: Aug-19 to till date



Table 96. FAA List

S. No. Functional Areas

Name of FAA Involvement (Period of task**)

1. EB Tulika Rawat

I had visited the site to assess the various forest areas, Ecological and Biodiversity sources in the study area. After studying the various floral and faunal species, assisted FAE in preparing the Impact report and suggested Mitigation measuresPeriod of Involvement: Aug-19 to till date

2. SHW Sujitha Kumari

I had visited the site to assess the site conditions in the surrounding area. After assessing the sources and existing solid waste management assisted FAE in identifying anticipated impact and suggested mitigation measures.Period of Involvement: Aug-19 to till date